1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
32 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
39 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
43 #include <limits>
44 
45 using namespace clang;
46 using namespace sema;
47 
48 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
49                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
50   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
51                                Context.getTargetInfo());
52 }
53 
54 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
55 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
56 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
57   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
58   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
59 
60   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
61     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
62         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
63         << call->getSourceRange();
64 
65   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
66   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
67                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
68 
69   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
70     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
71     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
72 }
73 
74 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
75 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
76 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
77   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
78     return true;
79 
80   // First argument should be an integer.
81   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
82   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
83   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
84     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
85       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
86     return true;
87   }
88 
89   // Second argument should be a constant string.
90   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
91   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
92   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
93     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
94       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
95     return true;
96   }
97 
98   TheCall->setType(Ty);
99   return false;
100 }
101 
102 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
103 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
104 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
105   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
106     return true;
107 
108   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
109   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
110   if (ResultType.isNull())
111     return true;
112 
113   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
114   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
115   return false;
116 }
117 
118 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
119   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
120     return true;
121 
122   // First two arguments should be integers.
123   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
124     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
125     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
126     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
127       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
128           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
129       return true;
130     }
131   }
132 
133   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
134   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
135   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
136   {
137     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
138     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
139     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
140     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
141           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
142       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
143           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
144       return true;
145     }
146   }
147 
148   return false;
149 }
150 
151 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
152 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
153                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
154   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
155       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
156     return;
157 
158   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
159   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
160 
161   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
162 
163   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
164   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
165       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
166     return;
167 
168   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
169     return;
170 
171   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
172   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
173   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
174   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
175 
176   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
177 }
178 
179 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
180   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
181     return true;
182 
183   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
184   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
185   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
186   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
187 
188   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
189     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
190         << Call->getSourceRange();
191     return true;
192   }
193 
194   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
195   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
196     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
197         << Call->getSourceRange();
198     return true;
199   }
200 
201   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
202   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
203     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
204       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
205           << Call->getSourceRange();
206       return true;
207     }
208 
209   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
210     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
211         << Call->getSourceRange();
212     return true;
213   }
214 
215   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
216   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
217     return true;
218   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
219     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
220         << Chain->getSourceRange();
221     return true;
222   }
223 
224   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
225   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
226   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
227       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
228   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
229 
230   Builtin =
231       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
232 
233   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
234   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
236   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
237   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
238 
239   return false;
240 }
241 
242 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
243                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
244                                      unsigned DiagID) {
245   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
246   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
247   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
248   if (!SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
249     return false;
250 
251   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
252   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
253     S = S->getParent();
254   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
255     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
256     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
257         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
258     return true;
259   }
260 
261   return false;
262 }
263 
264 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
265 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
266     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
267 }
268 
269 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
270 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
271   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
272   // First argument type should always be pipe.
273   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
274     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
275         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
276     return true;
277   }
278   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
279       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
280   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
281   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
282   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
283   // specified.
284   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
285   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
286   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
287   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
288   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
289   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
290   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
291   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
292     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
293       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
294              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
295           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
296       return true;
297     }
298     break;
299   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
300   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
301   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
302   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
303   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
304   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
305   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
306     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
307       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
308              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
309           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
310       return true;
311     }
312     break;
313   default:
314     break;
315   }
316   return false;
317 }
318 
319 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
320 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
321   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
322   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
323   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
324   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
325   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
326   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
327   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
328   if (!ArgTy ||
329       !S.Context.hasSameType(
330           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
331     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
332         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
333         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
334     return true;
335   }
336   return false;
337 }
338 
339 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
340 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
341 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
342 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
343 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
344   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
345   // functions have two forms.
346   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
347   case 2: {
348     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
349       return true;
350     // The call with 2 arguments should be
351     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
352     // Check packet type T.
353     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
354       return true;
355   } break;
356 
357   case 4: {
358     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
359       return true;
360     // The call with 4 arguments should be
361     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
362     // Check reserve_id_t.
363     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
364       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
365           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
366           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
367       return true;
368     }
369 
370     // Check the index.
371     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
372     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
373         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
374       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
375           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
376           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
377       return true;
378     }
379 
380     // Check packet type T.
381     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
382       return true;
383   } break;
384   default:
385     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
386         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
387     return true;
388   }
389 
390   return false;
391 }
392 
393 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
394 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
395 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
396 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
397 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
398 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
399   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
400     return true;
401 
402   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
403     return true;
404 
405   // Check the reserve size.
406   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
407       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
408     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
409         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
410         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
411     return true;
412   }
413 
414   return false;
415 }
416 
417 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
418 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
419 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
420 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
421 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
422 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
423   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
424     return true;
425 
426   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
427     return true;
428 
429   // Check reserve_id_t.
430   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
431     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
432         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
433         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
434     return true;
435   }
436 
437   return false;
438 }
439 
440 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
441 //        Query Functions.
442 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
443 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
444 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
445 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
446   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
447     return true;
448 
449   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
450     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
451         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
452     return true;
453   }
454 
455   return false;
456 }
457 
458 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
459 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
460 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
461 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
462 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
463 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
464                                     CallExpr *Call) {
465   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
466   if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 200) {
467     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_requires_version)
468         << Call->getDirectCallee() << "2.0" << 1 << Call->getSourceRange();
469     return true;
470   }
471 
472   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
473     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
474         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
475     return true;
476   }
477 
478   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
479   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
480       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
481     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
482         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
483     return true;
484   }
485 
486   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
487   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
488   switch (BuiltinID) {
489   case Builtin::BIto_global:
490     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
491     break;
492   case Builtin::BIto_local:
493     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
494     break;
495   default:
496     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
497   }
498   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
499       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
500 
501   return false;
502 }
503 
504 ExprResult
505 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
506                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
507   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
508 
509   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
510   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
511   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
512   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
513   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
514     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
515 
516   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
517   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
518     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
519     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
520 
521     llvm::APSInt Result;
522     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
523       return true;
524     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
525   }
526 
527   switch (BuiltinID) {
528   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
529     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
530            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
531     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
532       return ExprError();
533     break;
534   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
535   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
536     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
537       return ExprError();
538     break;
539   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
540     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
541     case llvm::Triple::arm:
542     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
543       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
544         return ExprError();
545       break;
546     default:
547       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
548         return ExprError();
549       break;
550     }
551     break;
552   }
553   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
554   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
555   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
556   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
557   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
558   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
559     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
560       return ExprError();
561     break;
562   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
563     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
564       return ExprError();
565     break;
566   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
567   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
568   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
569   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
570   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
571     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
572       return ExprError();
573     break;
574   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
575     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
576     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
577     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
578   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
579     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
580       return ExprError();
581     break;
582   case Builtin::BI__assume:
583   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
584     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
585       return ExprError();
586     break;
587   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
588     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
589       return ExprError();
590     break;
591   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
592     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
593       return ExprError();
594     break;
595   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
596     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
597       return ExprError();
598     break;
599   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
600     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
601       return ExprError();
602     break;
603   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
604   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
605     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
606       return true;
607     break;
608 
609   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
610     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
611     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
612     break;
613   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
614     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
615     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
616     break;
617   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
618   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
619   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
620   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
621   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
622   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
623   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
624   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
625   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
626   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
627   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
628   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
629   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
630   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
631   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
632   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
633   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
634   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
635   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
636   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
637   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
638   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
639   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
640   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
641   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
642   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
643   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
644   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
645   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
646   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
647   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
648   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
649   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
650   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
651   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
652   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
653   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
654   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
655   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
656   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
657   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
658   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
659   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
660   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
661   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
662   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
663   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
664   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
665   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
666   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
667   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
668   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
669   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
670   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
671   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
672   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
673   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
674   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
675   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
676   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
677   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
678   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
679   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
680   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
681   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
682   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
683   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
684   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
685   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
686   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
687   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
688   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
689   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
690   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
691   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
692   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
693   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
694   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
695   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
696   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
697   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
698   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
699   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
700   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
701   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
702   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
703   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
704   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
705   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
706   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
707   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
708   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
709   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
710   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
711   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
712   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
713   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
714   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
715   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
716   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
717   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
718   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
719     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
720   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
721   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
722     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
723 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
724 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
725   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
726     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
727 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
728   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
729     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
730       return ExprError();
731     break;
732   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
733     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
734       return ExprError();
735     break;
736   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
737   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
738   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
739     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
740       return ExprError();
741     break;
742   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
743   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
744     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
745       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
746         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
747                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
748                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
749         << "C++";
750       return ExprError();
751     }
752     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
753     // so ensure that they are declared.
754     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
755     break;
756 
757   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
758   // are detectable at compile time
759   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
760   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
761   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
762   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
763   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
764   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
765   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
766   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
767     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
768     break;
769   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
770     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
771     break;
772   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
773   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
774     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
775     break;
776   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
777     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
778       return ExprError();
779     break;
780   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
781   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
782     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
783                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
784       return ExprError();
785     break;
786   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
787   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
788     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
789                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
790       return ExprError();
791     break;
792   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
793     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
794       return ExprError();
795 
796     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
797             TheCall->getLocStart(),
798             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
799             TheCall))
800       return ExprError();
801 
802     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
803     break;
804   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
805   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
806     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
807     // check for the argument.
808     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
809       return ExprError();
810     break;
811   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
812   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
813   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
814   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
815   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
816   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
817     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
818       return ExprError();
819     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
820     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
821     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
822     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
823     break;
824   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
825   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
826   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
827   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
828   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
829   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
830     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
831       return ExprError();
832     break;
833   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
834   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
835     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
836       return ExprError();
837     break;
838   case Builtin::BIto_global:
839   case Builtin::BIto_local:
840   case Builtin::BIto_private:
841     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
842       return ExprError();
843     break;
844   }
845 
846   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
847   // of the arch we are compiling for.
848   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
849     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
850       case llvm::Triple::arm:
851       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
852       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
853       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
854         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
855           return ExprError();
856         break;
857       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
858       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
859         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
860           return ExprError();
861         break;
862       case llvm::Triple::mips:
863       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
864       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
865       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
866         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
867           return ExprError();
868         break;
869       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
870         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
871           return ExprError();
872         break;
873       case llvm::Triple::x86:
874       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
875         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
876           return ExprError();
877         break;
878       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
879       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
880       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
881         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
882           return ExprError();
883         break;
884       default:
885         break;
886     }
887   }
888 
889   return TheCallResult;
890 }
891 
892 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
893 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
894   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
895   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
896   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
897   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
898   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
899     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
900   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
901   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
902     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
903   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
904     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
905   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
906   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
907     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
908   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
909     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
910   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
911     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
912     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
913   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
914     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
915     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
916   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
917     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
918     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
919   }
920   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
921 }
922 
923 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
924 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
925 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
926 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
927                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
928   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
929   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
930     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
931   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
932     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
933   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
934     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
935   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
936     if (IsInt64Long)
937       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
938     else
939       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
940                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
941   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
942     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
943   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
944     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
945   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
946     if (IsInt64Long)
947       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
948     else
949       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
950   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
951     break;
952   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
953     return Context.HalfTy;
954   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
955     return Context.FloatTy;
956   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
957     return Context.DoubleTy;
958   }
959   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
960 }
961 
962 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
963   llvm::APSInt Result;
964   uint64_t mask = 0;
965   unsigned TV = 0;
966   int PtrArgNum = -1;
967   bool HasConstPtr = false;
968   switch (BuiltinID) {
969 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
970 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
971 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
972   }
973 
974   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
975   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
976   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
977   if (mask) {
978     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
979       return true;
980 
981     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
982     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
983       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
984         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
985   }
986 
987   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
988     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
989     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
990     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
991       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
992     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
993     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
994 
995     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
996     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
997     bool IsInt64Long =
998         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
999     QualType EltTy =
1000         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1001     if (HasConstPtr)
1002       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1003     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1004     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1005     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1006     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1007       return true;
1008     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1009                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1010       return true;
1011   }
1012 
1013   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1014   // instruction, range check them here.
1015   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1016   switch (BuiltinID) {
1017   default:
1018     return false;
1019 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1020 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1021 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1022   }
1023 
1024   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1025 }
1026 
1027 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1028                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1029   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1030           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1031           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1032           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1033           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1034           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1035           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1036           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1037          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1038   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1039                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1040                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1041                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1042 
1043   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1044 
1045   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1046   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1047     return true;
1048 
1049   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1050   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1051   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1052   // casts here.
1053   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1054   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1055   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1056     return true;
1057   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1058 
1059   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1060   if (!pointerType) {
1061     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1062       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1063     return true;
1064   }
1065 
1066   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1067   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1068   // what the appropriate type is.
1069   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1070   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1071   if (IsLdrex)
1072     AddrType.addConst();
1073 
1074   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1075   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1076   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1077     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1078     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1079       << PointerArg->getType()
1080       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1081       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1082   }
1083 
1084   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1085   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1086   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1087   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1088     return true;
1089   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1090 
1091   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1092 
1093   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1094   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1095       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1096     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1097       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1098     return true;
1099   }
1100 
1101   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1102   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1103     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1104     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1105       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1106     return true;
1107   }
1108 
1109   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1110   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1111   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1112     // okay
1113     break;
1114 
1115   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1116   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1117   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1118     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1119       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1120     return true;
1121   }
1122 
1123   if (IsLdrex) {
1124     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1125     return false;
1126   }
1127 
1128   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1129   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1130   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1131       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1132   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1133   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1134     return true;
1135   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1136 
1137   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1138   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1139   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1140   return false;
1141 }
1142 
1143 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1144   llvm::APSInt Result;
1145 
1146   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1147       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1148       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1149       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1150     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1151   }
1152 
1153   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1154     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1155       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1156   }
1157 
1158   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1159       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1160     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1161 
1162   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1163       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1164       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1165       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1166     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1167 
1168   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1169     return true;
1170 
1171   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1172   // range check them here.
1173   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1174   switch (BuiltinID) {
1175   default: return false;
1176   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1177   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1178   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1179   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1180   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1181   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1182   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1183   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1184   }
1185 
1186   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1187   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1188 }
1189 
1190 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1191                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1192   llvm::APSInt Result;
1193 
1194   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1195       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1196       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1197       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1198     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1199   }
1200 
1201   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1202     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1203       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1204       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1205       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1206   }
1207 
1208   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1209       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1210     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1211 
1212   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1213       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1214       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1215       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1216     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1217 
1218   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1219     return true;
1220 
1221   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1222   // range check them here.
1223   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1224   switch (BuiltinID) {
1225   default: return false;
1226   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1227   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1228   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1229   }
1230 
1231   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1232 }
1233 
1234 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1235   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1236   switch (BuiltinID) {
1237   default: return false;
1238   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1239   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1240   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1241   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1242   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1243   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1244   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1245   }
1246 
1247   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1248 }
1249 
1250 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1251   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1252   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1253                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1254                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1255   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1256                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1257                                             .getTargetInfo()
1258                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1259   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1260                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1261                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1262                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1263 
1264   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1265       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1266              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1267 
1268   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1269       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1270        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1271     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1272            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1273 
1274   switch (BuiltinID) {
1275   default: return false;
1276   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1277   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1278     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1279            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1280   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1281   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1282   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1283   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1284   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1285   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1286   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1287     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1288            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1289   }
1290   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1291 }
1292 
1293 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1294                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1295   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1296     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1297     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1298     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1299         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1300       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1301              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1302   }
1303 
1304   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1305   // range check them here.
1306   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1307   switch (BuiltinID) {
1308   default: return false;
1309   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1310   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1311   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1312   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1313   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1314   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1315   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1316   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1317   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1318   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1319   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1320   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1321   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1322   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1323   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1324   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1325   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1326   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1327     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1328            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1329   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1330   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1331   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1332   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1333   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1334   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1335   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1336   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1337   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1338   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1339   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1340   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1341   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1342   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1343   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1344   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1345   }
1346   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1347 }
1348 
1349 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1350 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1351 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1352 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1353   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1354 
1355   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1356   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1357     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1358            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1359 
1360   // Check the contents of the string.
1361   StringRef Feature =
1362       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1363   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1364     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1365            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1366   return false;
1367 }
1368 
1369 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1370   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1371   switch (BuiltinID) {
1372   default:
1373     return false;
1374   case X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports:
1375     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
1376   case X86::BI__builtin_ms_va_start:
1377     return SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(TheCall);
1378   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x4_mask:
1379   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x4_mask:
1380   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x8_mask:
1381   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x8_mask:
1382   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_256_mask:
1383   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_256_mask:
1384   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_256_mask:
1385   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_256_mask:
1386     i = 1; l = 0; u = 1;
1387     break;
1388   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
1389   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_mask:
1390   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_mask:
1391   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermilpd_mask:
1392   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermilps_mask:
1393   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_512_mask:
1394   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_512_mask:
1395     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
1396     break;
1397   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x8_mask:
1398   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x8_mask:
1399   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x4_mask:
1400   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x4_mask:
1401   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_256_mask:
1402   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_256_mask:
1403   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_256_mask:
1404   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_256_mask:
1405     i = 2; l = 0; u = 1;
1406     break;
1407   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
1408   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
1409   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
1410   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
1411   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
1412   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shufpd128_mask:
1413   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_512_mask:
1414   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_512_mask:
1415   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_mask:
1416   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_mask:
1417     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
1418     break;
1419   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
1420   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
1421   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
1422   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
1423     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
1424     break;
1425   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
1426   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
1427   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
1428   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
1429   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
1430   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
1431   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
1432   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
1433   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
1434   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
1435   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
1436   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
1437   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
1438   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
1439   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
1440   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
1441   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
1442   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
1443   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
1444   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
1445   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
1446   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
1447   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
1448   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
1449   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
1450   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
1451   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
1452   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
1453   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
1454   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
1455   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
1456   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
1457     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
1458     break;
1459   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
1460   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
1461   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
1462   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
1463   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermilpd256_mask:
1464   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermilps256_mask:
1465     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
1466     break;
1467   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
1468   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
1469   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
1470   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
1471   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1472   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
1473   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
1474   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1475   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1476   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1477   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shufpd256_mask:
1478     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
1479     break;
1480   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
1481   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
1482   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
1483   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
1484   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
1485   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
1486   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
1487   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
1488   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
1489   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
1490   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1491   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1492   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1493   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1494     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
1495     break;
1496   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
1497     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
1498     break;
1499   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
1500   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
1501     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
1502     break;
1503   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
1504   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
1505   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph512:
1506   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
1507   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
1508   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
1509   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
1510   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1511   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1512   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
1513   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
1514   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1515   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
1516   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
1517   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1518   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
1519   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
1520   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
1521   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
1522   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
1523   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
1524   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
1525   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
1526   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
1527   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
1528   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi512_mask:
1529   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi128_mask:
1530   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi256_mask:
1531   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi128_mask:
1532   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi256_mask:
1533   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi512_mask:
1534   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi128_mask:
1535   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi256_mask:
1536   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi512_mask:
1537   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi512_mask:
1538   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi128_mask:
1539   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi256_mask:
1540   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi512_mask:
1541   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi128_mask:
1542   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi256_mask:
1543   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermilpd512_mask:
1544   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermilps512_mask:
1545   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi128_mask:
1546   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi256_mask:
1547   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi512_mask:
1548   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi128_mask:
1549   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi256_mask:
1550   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi512_mask:
1551   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi128_mask:
1552   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi256_mask:
1553   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi512_mask:
1554   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi128_mask:
1555   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi256_mask:
1556   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi512_mask:
1557   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permdf512_mask:
1558   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permdi512_mask:
1559   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permdf256_mask:
1560   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permdi256_mask:
1561   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
1562   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
1563   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
1564   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
1565   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
1566   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
1567   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
1568   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
1569     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
1570     break;
1571   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
1572   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
1573   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
1574   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
1575   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
1576   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
1577   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
1578   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
1579   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
1580   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
1581   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
1582   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
1583   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
1584   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
1585   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
1586   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
1587   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
1588   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
1589   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
1590     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
1591     break;
1592   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
1593   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
1594   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128_mask:
1595   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256_mask:
1596   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
1597   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq512_mask:
1598   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd512_mask:
1599   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd128_mask:
1600   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd256_mask:
1601   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq128_mask:
1602   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq256_mask:
1603   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1604   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1605   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
1606   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
1607   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
1608   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
1609   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shufpd512_mask:
1610   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shufps128_mask:
1611   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shufps256_mask:
1612   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shufps512_mask:
1613   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
1614   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
1615   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
1616     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
1617     break;
1618   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1619   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1620   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1621   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1622   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1623   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1624   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1625   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1626   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
1627   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
1628   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
1629   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
1630   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
1631   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
1632   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
1633   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
1634   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
1635   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
1636   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
1637   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
1638   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
1639   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
1640   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
1641   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
1642   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
1643   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
1644   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
1645   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
1646     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
1647     break;
1648   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
1649   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
1650   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
1651   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
1652   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
1653   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
1654   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
1655     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
1656     break;
1657   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1658   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1659     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
1660     break;
1661   }
1662   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1663 }
1664 
1665 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
1666 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
1667 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
1668 /// been populated.
1669 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
1670                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
1671   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
1672   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
1673   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
1674 
1675   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
1676   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
1677   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
1678   if (IsCXXMember) {
1679     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
1680       return false;
1681     --FSI->FormatIdx;
1682     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
1683       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
1684   }
1685   return true;
1686 }
1687 
1688 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
1689 ///
1690 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
1691 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
1692   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
1693   if (auto nullability
1694         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
1695     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
1696       return false;
1697   }
1698 
1699   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
1700   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
1701   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
1702     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
1703       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
1704           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
1705         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
1706             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
1707           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
1708   }
1709 
1710   bool Result;
1711   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
1712           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
1713           !Result);
1714 }
1715 
1716 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
1717                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
1718                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
1719   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
1720     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
1721            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
1722 }
1723 
1724 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
1725   FormatStringInfo FSI;
1726   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
1727       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
1728     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
1729     return true;
1730   }
1731   return false;
1732 }
1733 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
1734 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
1735 static void
1736 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
1737                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
1738                                         Expr **Args,
1739                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
1740   unsigned Idx = 0;
1741   bool Format = false;
1742   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
1743   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
1744     Idx = 2;
1745     Format = true;
1746   }
1747   else
1748     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
1749       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
1750         Format = true;
1751         break;
1752       }
1753     }
1754   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
1755     return;
1756   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
1757   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
1758     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
1759   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
1760   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
1761       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1762     FormatString = OSL->getString();
1763   else
1764     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
1765   if (!FormatString)
1766     return;
1767   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
1768     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
1769       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
1770     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
1771       << FDecl->getDeclName();
1772   }
1773 }
1774 
1775 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
1776 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
1777   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
1778     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
1779 
1780   return false;
1781 }
1782 
1783 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
1784                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
1785                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1786                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
1787                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
1788   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
1789 
1790   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
1791   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
1792   if (FDecl) {
1793     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
1794     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
1795       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
1796         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
1797         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
1798           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
1799             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
1800         return;
1801       }
1802 
1803       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
1804         if (Val >= Args.size())
1805           continue;
1806         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
1807           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
1808         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
1809       }
1810     }
1811   }
1812 
1813   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
1814     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
1815     // function/method.
1816     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
1817     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
1818       parms = FD->parameters();
1819     else
1820       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
1821 
1822     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
1823     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
1824          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
1825       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
1826       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
1827           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
1828         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
1829           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
1830 
1831         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
1832       }
1833     }
1834   } else {
1835     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
1836     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
1837     if (!Proto) {
1838       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
1839         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1840         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
1841           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1842         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
1843           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
1844         // FIXME: data member pointers?
1845 
1846         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
1847         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1848       }
1849     }
1850 
1851     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
1852     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
1853     if (Proto) {
1854       unsigned Index = 0;
1855       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
1856         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
1857           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
1858             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
1859 
1860           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
1861         }
1862 
1863         ++Index;
1864       }
1865     }
1866   }
1867 
1868   // Check for non-null arguments.
1869   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
1870        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
1871     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
1872       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
1873   }
1874 }
1875 
1876 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
1877 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
1878 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1879                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
1880                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
1881                      VariadicCallType CallType) {
1882   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
1883   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
1884     return;
1885 
1886   // Printf and scanf checking.
1887   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
1888   if (FDecl) {
1889     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
1890       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
1891       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
1892 
1893       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
1894                            CheckedVarArgs);
1895     }
1896   }
1897 
1898   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
1899   // checks above.
1900   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
1901     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
1902                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
1903                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
1904                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
1905                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
1906                        : 0;
1907 
1908     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1909       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
1910       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
1911         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
1912           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
1913       }
1914     }
1915   }
1916 
1917   if (FDecl || Proto) {
1918     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
1919 
1920     // Type safety checking.
1921     if (FDecl) {
1922       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
1923         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
1924     }
1925   }
1926 }
1927 
1928 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
1929 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
1930 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
1931                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
1932                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1933                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
1934   VariadicCallType CallType =
1935     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1936   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(),
1937             CallType);
1938 }
1939 
1940 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
1941 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
1942 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
1943                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
1944   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
1945                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
1946   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
1947                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
1948   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
1949                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
1950   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
1951   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
1952   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
1953     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
1954     // from checkCall.
1955     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
1956     ++Args;
1957     --NumArgs;
1958   }
1959   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
1960             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
1961             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
1962 
1963   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
1964   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
1965   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
1966   if (!FnInfo)
1967     return false;
1968 
1969   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo);
1970   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
1971     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
1972 
1973   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
1974   if (CMId == 0)
1975     return false;
1976 
1977   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
1978   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
1979     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
1980   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
1981     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
1982   else
1983     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
1984 
1985   return false;
1986 }
1987 
1988 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
1989                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
1990   VariadicCallType CallType =
1991       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1992 
1993   checkCall(Method, nullptr, Args,
1994             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
1995             CallType);
1996 
1997   return false;
1998 }
1999 
2000 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2001                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2002   QualType Ty;
2003   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2004     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2005   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2006     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2007   else
2008     return false;
2009 
2010   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2011       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2012     return false;
2013 
2014   VariadicCallType CallType;
2015   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2016     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2017   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2018     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2019   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2020     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2021   }
2022 
2023   checkCall(NDecl, Proto,
2024             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2025             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2026             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2027 
2028   return false;
2029 }
2030 
2031 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2032 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2033 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2034   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2035                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2036   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2037             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2038             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2039             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2040 
2041   return false;
2042 }
2043 
2044 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2045   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2046     return false;
2047 
2048   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2049   switch (Op) {
2050   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2051     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2052 
2053   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2054   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2055   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2056     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2057            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2058 
2059   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2060   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2061   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2062     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2063            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2064            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2065 
2066   default:
2067     return true;
2068   }
2069 }
2070 
2071 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2072                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2073   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2074   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2075 
2076   // All these operations take one of the following forms:
2077   enum {
2078     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2079     Init,
2080     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2081     Load,
2082     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2083     LoadCopy,
2084     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2085     Copy,
2086     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2087     Arithmetic,
2088     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2089     Xchg,
2090     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2091     GNUXchg,
2092     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2093     C11CmpXchg,
2094     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2095     GNUCmpXchg
2096   } Form = Init;
2097   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2098   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2099   // where:
2100   //   C is an appropriate type,
2101   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2102   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2103   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2104   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2105 
2106   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2107                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2108                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2109                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2110   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2111                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
2112   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2113              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2114              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2115              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2116   bool IsAddSub = false;
2117 
2118   switch (Op) {
2119   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2120     Form = Init;
2121     break;
2122 
2123   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2124   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2125     Form = Load;
2126     break;
2127 
2128   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2129     Form = LoadCopy;
2130     break;
2131 
2132   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2133   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2134   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2135     Form = Copy;
2136     break;
2137 
2138   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2139   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2140   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2141   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2142   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2143   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2144     IsAddSub = true;
2145     // Fall through.
2146   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2147   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2148   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2149   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2150   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2151   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2152   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2153   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2154   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2155   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2156   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2157     Form = Arithmetic;
2158     break;
2159 
2160   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2161   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2162     Form = Xchg;
2163     break;
2164 
2165   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2166     Form = GNUXchg;
2167     break;
2168 
2169   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2170   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2171     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2172     break;
2173 
2174   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2175   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2176     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2177     break;
2178   }
2179 
2180   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2181   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
2182     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2183       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2184       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2185     return ExprError();
2186   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
2187     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
2188          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2189       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2190       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2191     return ExprError();
2192   }
2193 
2194   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2195   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2196   Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
2197   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2198   if (!pointerType) {
2199     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2200       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2201     return ExprError();
2202   }
2203 
2204   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2205   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2206   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2207   if (IsC11) {
2208     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2209       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2210         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2211       return ExprError();
2212     }
2213     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
2214       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2215         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2216       return ExprError();
2217     }
2218     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2219   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2220     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2221       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2222         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2223       return ExprError();
2224     }
2225   }
2226 
2227   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
2228   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
2229     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
2230     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2231       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2232         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2233       return ExprError();
2234     }
2235     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
2236       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
2237         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2238       return ExprError();
2239     }
2240     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
2241         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
2242                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
2243       return ExprError();
2244     }
2245   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2246     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
2247     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
2248     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2249       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2250     return ExprError();
2251   }
2252 
2253   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
2254       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
2255     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
2256     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
2257     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
2258       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2259     return ExprError();
2260   }
2261 
2262   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2263   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2264   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2265     // okay
2266     break;
2267 
2268   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2269   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2270   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2271     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
2272     // to be trivially copyable.
2273     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2274       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2275     return ExprError();
2276   }
2277 
2278   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
2279   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
2280   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
2281   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
2282   ValType.removeLocalConst();
2283   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2284   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
2285     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2286   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
2287     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2288 
2289   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
2290   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
2291   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
2292   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
2293     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
2294 
2295   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2296   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2297   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2298   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
2299     QualType Ty;
2300     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
2301       switch (i) {
2302       case 1:
2303         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
2304         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
2305         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
2306         // by-value.
2307         assert(Form != Load);
2308         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
2309           Ty = ValType;
2310         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
2311           Ty = ByValType;
2312         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
2313           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
2314         else {
2315           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2316           unsigned AS = 0;
2317           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
2318           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
2319                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2320             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
2321           }
2322           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
2323               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
2324         }
2325         break;
2326       case 2:
2327         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
2328         // (pointer to a) desired value.
2329         Ty = ByValType;
2330         break;
2331       case 3:
2332         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
2333         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
2334         break;
2335       }
2336     } else {
2337       // The order(s) are always converted to int.
2338       Ty = Context.IntTy;
2339     }
2340 
2341     InitializedEntity Entity =
2342         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
2343     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2344     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2345     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2346       return true;
2347     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
2348   }
2349 
2350   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
2351   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
2352   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
2353   switch (Form) {
2354   case Init:
2355     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
2356     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2357     break;
2358   case Load:
2359     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
2360     break;
2361   case LoadCopy:
2362   case Copy:
2363   case Arithmetic:
2364   case Xchg:
2365     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
2366     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2367     break;
2368   case GNUXchg:
2369     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
2370     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2371     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2372     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2373     break;
2374   case C11CmpXchg:
2375     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2376     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2377     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
2378     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2379     break;
2380   case GNUCmpXchg:
2381     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
2382     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2383     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
2384     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2385     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
2386     break;
2387   }
2388 
2389   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
2390     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
2391     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
2392         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
2393       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
2394            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
2395           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
2396   }
2397 
2398   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
2399                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
2400                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
2401 
2402   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
2403        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
2404       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
2405     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
2406     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
2407 
2408   return AE;
2409 }
2410 
2411 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
2412 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
2413 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
2414 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
2415 /// them.
2416 ///
2417 /// Returns true on error.
2418 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
2419   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
2420   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
2421 
2422   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
2423   InitializedEntity Entity =
2424     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
2425 
2426   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
2427   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2428   if (Arg.isInvalid())
2429     return true;
2430 
2431   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
2432   return false;
2433 }
2434 
2435 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
2436 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
2437 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
2438 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
2439 /// void(...).
2440 ///
2441 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
2442 /// builtins,
2443 ExprResult
2444 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
2445   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
2446   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2447   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
2448 
2449   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
2450   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
2451     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
2452       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2453       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2454     return ExprError();
2455   }
2456 
2457   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
2458   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
2459   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
2460   // casts here.
2461   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
2462   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2463   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
2464   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
2465     return ExprError();
2466   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
2467   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
2468 
2469   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2470   if (!pointerType) {
2471     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2472       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2473     return ExprError();
2474   }
2475 
2476   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2477   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
2478       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2479     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
2480       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2481     return ExprError();
2482   }
2483 
2484   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2485   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2486   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2487     // okay
2488     break;
2489 
2490   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2491   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2492   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2493     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2494       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2495     return ExprError();
2496   }
2497 
2498   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
2499   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
2500 
2501   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
2502   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
2503   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2504 
2505   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
2506   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
2507   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
2508 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
2509   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
2510     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
2511 
2512   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
2513     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
2514     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
2515     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
2516     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
2517     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
2518     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
2519 
2520     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
2521     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
2522     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
2523     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
2524     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
2525     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
2526 
2527     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
2528     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
2529     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
2530     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
2531     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
2532   };
2533 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
2534 
2535   // Determine the index of the size.
2536   unsigned SizeIndex;
2537   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
2538   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
2539   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
2540   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
2541   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
2542   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
2543   default:
2544     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
2545       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
2546     return ExprError();
2547   }
2548 
2549   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
2550   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
2551   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
2552   // as the number of fixed args.
2553   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
2554   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
2555   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
2556   switch (BuiltinID) {
2557   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
2558   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
2559   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
2560   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
2561   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
2562   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
2563   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
2564     BuiltinIndex = 0;
2565     break;
2566 
2567   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
2568   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
2569   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
2570   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
2571   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
2572   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
2573     BuiltinIndex = 1;
2574     break;
2575 
2576   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
2577   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
2578   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
2579   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
2580   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
2581   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
2582     BuiltinIndex = 2;
2583     break;
2584 
2585   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
2586   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
2587   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
2588   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
2589   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
2590   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
2591     BuiltinIndex = 3;
2592     break;
2593 
2594   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
2595   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
2596   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
2597   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
2598   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
2599   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
2600     BuiltinIndex = 4;
2601     break;
2602 
2603   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
2604   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
2605   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
2606   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
2607   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
2608   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
2609     BuiltinIndex = 5;
2610     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
2611     break;
2612 
2613   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
2614   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
2615   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
2616   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
2617   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
2618   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
2619     BuiltinIndex = 6;
2620     break;
2621 
2622   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
2623   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
2624   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
2625   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
2626   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
2627   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
2628     BuiltinIndex = 7;
2629     break;
2630 
2631   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
2632   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
2633   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
2634   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
2635   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
2636   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
2637     BuiltinIndex = 8;
2638     break;
2639 
2640   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
2641   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
2642   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
2643   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
2644   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
2645   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
2646     BuiltinIndex = 9;
2647     break;
2648 
2649   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
2650   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
2651   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
2652   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
2653   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
2654   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
2655     BuiltinIndex = 10;
2656     break;
2657 
2658   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
2659   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
2660   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
2661   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
2662   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
2663   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
2664     BuiltinIndex = 11;
2665     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
2666     break;
2667 
2668   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
2669   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
2670   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
2671   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
2672   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
2673   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
2674     BuiltinIndex = 12;
2675     NumFixed = 2;
2676     break;
2677 
2678   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
2679   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
2680   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
2681   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
2682   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
2683   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
2684     BuiltinIndex = 13;
2685     NumFixed = 2;
2686     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2687     break;
2688 
2689   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
2690   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
2691   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
2692   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
2693   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
2694   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
2695     BuiltinIndex = 14;
2696     break;
2697 
2698   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
2699   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
2700   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
2701   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
2702   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
2703   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
2704     BuiltinIndex = 15;
2705     NumFixed = 0;
2706     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2707     break;
2708 
2709   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
2710   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
2711   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
2712   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
2713   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
2714   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
2715     BuiltinIndex = 16;
2716     break;
2717   }
2718 
2719   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
2720   // have at least that many.
2721   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
2722     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
2723       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2724       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2725     return ExprError();
2726   }
2727 
2728   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
2729     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
2730       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2731   }
2732 
2733   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
2734   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
2735   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
2736   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
2737   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
2738   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
2739     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
2740   else {
2741     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
2742     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
2743     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
2744     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
2745     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
2746     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
2747     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
2748       return ExprError();
2749   }
2750 
2751   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2752   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2753   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2754   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
2755     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
2756 
2757     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
2758     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
2759     // Initialize the argument.
2760     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
2761                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
2762     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2763     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2764       return ExprError();
2765 
2766     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
2767     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
2768     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
2769     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
2770     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
2771     // FIXME: Do this check.
2772     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
2773   }
2774 
2775   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
2776 
2777   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
2778   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2779       Context,
2780       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
2781       SourceLocation(),
2782       NewBuiltinDecl,
2783       /*enclosing*/ false,
2784       DRE->getLocation(),
2785       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
2786       DRE->getValueKind());
2787 
2788   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
2789   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
2790   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
2791   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
2792                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
2793   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
2794 
2795   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
2796   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
2797   // gracefully.
2798   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
2799 
2800   return TheCallResult;
2801 }
2802 
2803 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
2804 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
2805 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
2806 ///
2807 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
2808 /// builtins.
2809 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
2810   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
2811   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
2812       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2813   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
2814   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
2815   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
2816           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
2817          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
2818   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
2819   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
2820 
2821   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
2822   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
2823     return ExprError();
2824 
2825   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
2826   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
2827   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
2828   // casts here.
2829   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
2830   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
2831       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
2832 
2833   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
2834     return ExprError();
2835   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
2836   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
2837 
2838   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2839   if (!pointerType) {
2840     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2841         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
2842     return ExprError();
2843   }
2844 
2845   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2846 
2847   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
2848   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
2849   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
2850       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
2851       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
2852     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
2853          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
2854         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
2855     return ExprError();
2856   }
2857 
2858   if (!isStore) {
2859     TheCall->setType(ValType);
2860     return TheCallResult;
2861   }
2862 
2863   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2864   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
2865       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
2866   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
2867   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
2868     return ExprError();
2869 
2870   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
2871   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
2872   return TheCallResult;
2873 }
2874 
2875 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
2876 /// CFString constructor is correct
2877 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
2878 /// simplify the backend).
2879 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
2880   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
2881   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
2882 
2883   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
2884     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
2885       << Arg->getSourceRange();
2886     return true;
2887   }
2888 
2889   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
2890     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
2891     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
2892     SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
2893     const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data();
2894     UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
2895 
2896     ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
2897                                                  &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
2898                                                  strictConversion);
2899     // Check for conversion failure.
2900     if (Result != conversionOK)
2901       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
2902            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
2903   }
2904   return false;
2905 }
2906 
2907 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
2908 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
2909 /// on success.
2910 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall) {
2911   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
2912   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
2913     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
2914          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2915       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2916       << Fn->getSourceRange()
2917       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
2918                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
2919     return true;
2920   }
2921 
2922   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
2923     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
2924       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
2925       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
2926   }
2927 
2928   // Type-check the first argument normally.
2929   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
2930     return true;
2931 
2932   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
2933   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
2934   bool isVariadic;
2935   if (CurBlock)
2936     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
2937   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
2938     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
2939   else
2940     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
2941 
2942   if (!isVariadic) {
2943     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
2944     return true;
2945   }
2946 
2947   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
2948   // current function or method.
2949   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
2950   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
2951 
2952   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
2953   // block.
2954   QualType Type;
2955   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
2956   bool IsCRegister = false;
2957 
2958   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
2959     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
2960       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
2961       // Get the last formal in the current function.
2962       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
2963       if (CurBlock)
2964         LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
2965       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
2966         LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
2967       else
2968         LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
2969       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
2970 
2971       Type = PV->getType();
2972       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
2973       IsCRegister =
2974           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
2975     }
2976   }
2977 
2978   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
2979     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
2980          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
2981   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
2982            Type->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
2983            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
2984     unsigned Reason = 0;
2985     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
2986     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
2987     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
2988     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
2989   }
2990 
2991   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
2992   return false;
2993 }
2994 
2995 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' for validity, and that
2996 /// it was called from a function of the native ABI.
2997 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
2998 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
2999   // On x86-64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3000   // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3001   // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3002   // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3003   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
3004     unsigned OS = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS();
3005     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3006     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3007       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3008     if ((OS == llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3009         (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64Win64))
3010       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3011                   diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3012              << (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32);
3013   }
3014   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3015 }
3016 
3017 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_ms_va_start' for validity, and that
3018 /// it was called from a Win64 ABI function.
3019 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3020 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3021   // This only makes sense for x86-64.
3022   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3023   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
3024   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
3025     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
3026   // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3027   clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3028   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3029     CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3030   if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV ||
3031       (TT.getOS() != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC != CC_X86_64Win64))
3032     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(),
3033                 diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3034   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3035 }
3036 
3037 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3038   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3039   //                 const char *named_addr);
3040 
3041   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3042 
3043   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3044     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3045                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3046            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3047 
3048   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3049   bool IsVariadic;
3050   if (BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock())
3051     IsVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3052   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3053     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3054   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3055     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3056   else
3057     llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement type");
3058 
3059   if (!IsVariadic) {
3060     Diag(Func->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3061     return true;
3062   }
3063 
3064   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3065   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3066     return true;
3067 
3068   const struct {
3069     unsigned ArgNo;
3070     QualType Type;
3071   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3072     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3073     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3074   };
3075 
3076   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3077     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3078     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3079       continue;
3080     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3081       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3082       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3083       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3084   }
3085 
3086   return false;
3087 }
3088 
3089 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3090 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3091 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3092   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3093     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3094       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3095   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3096     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3097                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3098       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3099       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3100                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3101 
3102   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3103   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3104 
3105   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3106   // type.
3107   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3108   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3109     return true;
3110 
3111   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3112   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3113   // foo(...)".
3114   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3115   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3116 
3117   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3118     return false;
3119 
3120   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3121   // invalid for this operation.
3122   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3123     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3124                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3125       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3126       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3127 
3128   return false;
3129 }
3130 
3131 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3132 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3133 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3134 /// value.
3135 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3136   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3137     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3138       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3139   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3140     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3141                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3142       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3143       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3144                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3145 
3146   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3147 
3148   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3149     return false;
3150 
3151   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3152   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
3153     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
3154                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
3155       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
3156 
3157   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
3158   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
3159     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
3160     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3161       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
3162              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
3163       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
3164       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
3165     }
3166   }
3167 
3168   return false;
3169 }
3170 
3171 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
3172 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3173 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3174   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3175     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3176                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3177                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3178                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
3179 
3180   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
3181   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
3182   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
3183   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3184   unsigned numElements = 0;
3185 
3186   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
3187       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
3188     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3189     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
3190 
3191     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
3192       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3193                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
3194                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3195                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3196 
3197     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3198     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
3199 
3200     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
3201     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
3202     // same number of elts as lhs.
3203     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
3204       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
3205           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
3206         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3207                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3208                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3209                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3210     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
3211       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3212                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3213                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3214                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3215     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
3216       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
3217       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
3218                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
3219     }
3220   }
3221 
3222   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
3223     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
3224         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
3225       continue;
3226 
3227     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3228     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3229       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3230                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
3231                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3232 
3233     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
3234     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
3235       continue;
3236 
3237     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
3238       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3239                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
3240                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3241   }
3242 
3243   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
3244 
3245   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
3246     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
3247     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
3248   }
3249 
3250   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
3251                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3252                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3253 }
3254 
3255 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
3256 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3257                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3258                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3259   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3260   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3261   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
3262   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3263 
3264   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
3265     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3266                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
3267                      << E->getSourceRange());
3268   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
3269     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3270                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
3271 
3272   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
3273     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3274     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3275     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
3276       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3277                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
3278                        << E->getSourceRange());
3279   }
3280 
3281   return new (Context)
3282       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
3283 }
3284 
3285 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
3286 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
3287 // optional constant int args.
3288 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3289   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3290 
3291   if (NumArgs > 3)
3292     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3293              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3294              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3295              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3296 
3297   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
3298   // constant integers.
3299   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3300     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
3301       return true;
3302 
3303   return false;
3304 }
3305 
3306 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
3307 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
3308 // has side effects.
3309 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3310   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3311   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
3312 
3313   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
3314     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
3315       << Arg->getSourceRange()
3316       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
3317 
3318   return false;
3319 }
3320 
3321 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
3322 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
3323 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3324   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3325 
3326   if (NumArgs > 3)
3327     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3328              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3329              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3330              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3331 
3332   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3333   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3334 
3335   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3336   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3337     llvm::APSInt Result;
3338     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3339       return true;
3340 
3341     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3342       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3343                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3344            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3345   }
3346 
3347   if (NumArgs > 2) {
3348     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
3349     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3350       Context.getSizeType(), false);
3351     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3352     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
3353     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
3354   }
3355 
3356   return false;
3357 }
3358 
3359 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3360 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
3361 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
3362                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
3363   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3364   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3365   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3366 
3367   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
3368 
3369   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3370     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
3371                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
3372 
3373   return false;
3374 }
3375 
3376 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3377 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
3378 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
3379                                        int Low, int High) {
3380   llvm::APSInt Result;
3381 
3382   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3383   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3384   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3385     return false;
3386 
3387   // Check constant-ness first.
3388   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
3389     return true;
3390 
3391   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
3392     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
3393       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
3394 
3395   return false;
3396 }
3397 
3398 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
3399 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
3400 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
3401                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
3402                                     bool AllowName) {
3403   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
3404                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
3405                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
3406                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
3407                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
3408                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
3409   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
3410                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
3411                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
3412                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
3413                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
3414                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
3415   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
3416 
3417   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3418   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3419   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3420     return false;
3421 
3422   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
3423   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3424     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
3425            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3426 
3427   // Check the type of special register given.
3428   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
3429   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
3430   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
3431 
3432   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
3433     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
3434            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3435 
3436   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
3437   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
3438   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
3439   // ranges.
3440   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
3441     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
3442 
3443     bool ValidString = true;
3444     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
3445       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
3446                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
3447       if (ValidString)
3448         Fields[0] =
3449           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
3450 
3451       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
3452       if (ValidString)
3453         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
3454 
3455       if (FiveFields) {
3456         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
3457         if (ValidString)
3458           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
3459       }
3460     }
3461 
3462     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
3463     if (FiveFields)
3464       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 7, 15, 15});
3465     else
3466       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
3467 
3468     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
3469       int IntField;
3470       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
3471       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
3472     }
3473 
3474     if (!ValidString)
3475       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
3476              << Arg->getSourceRange();
3477 
3478   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
3479     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
3480     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
3481     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
3482     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
3483     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
3484     // compile time.
3485     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
3486       return false;
3487 
3488     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
3489     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
3490         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
3491       return false;
3492 
3493     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
3494   }
3495 
3496   return false;
3497 }
3498 
3499 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
3500 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
3501 /// that val is a constant 1.
3502 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3503   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
3504     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
3505              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
3506 
3507   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3508   llvm::APSInt Result;
3509 
3510   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
3511   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3512     return true;
3513 
3514   if (Result != 1)
3515     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
3516              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
3517 
3518   return false;
3519 }
3520 
3521 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
3522 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
3523 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3524   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
3525     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
3526              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
3527   return false;
3528 }
3529 
3530 namespace {
3531 class UncoveredArgHandler {
3532   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
3533   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
3534   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
3535 
3536 public:
3537   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
3538 
3539   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
3540     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
3541   }
3542 
3543   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
3544     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
3545     return FirstUncoveredArg;
3546   }
3547 
3548   void setAllCovered() {
3549     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
3550     // the diagnostics.
3551     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
3552     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
3553   }
3554 
3555   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
3556     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
3557 
3558     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
3559     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
3560       return;
3561 
3562     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
3563     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
3564     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
3565       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
3566     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
3567       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
3568       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
3569       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
3570     }
3571   }
3572 
3573   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
3574 };
3575 
3576 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
3577   SLCT_NotALiteral,
3578   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
3579   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
3580 };
3581 } // end anonymous namespace
3582 
3583 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const StringLiteral *FExpr,
3584                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
3585                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3586                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
3587                               unsigned firstDataArg,
3588                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
3589                               bool inFunctionCall,
3590                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
3591                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
3592                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
3593 
3594 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
3595 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
3596 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
3597 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
3598 static StringLiteralCheckType
3599 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3600                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
3601                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
3602                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
3603                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
3604                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
3605  tryAgain:
3606   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3607     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3608 
3609   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
3610 
3611   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
3612     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
3613     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
3614     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
3615     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
3616     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3617 
3618   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
3619   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
3620   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
3621     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
3622     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
3623     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
3624         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
3625 
3626     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
3627     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
3628     // evaluated at compile time.
3629     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
3630 
3631     bool Cond;
3632     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
3633       if (Cond)
3634         CheckRight = false;
3635       else
3636         CheckLeft = false;
3637     }
3638 
3639     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
3640     if (!CheckLeft)
3641       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3642     else {
3643       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
3644                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
3645                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
3646                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
3647       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight)
3648         return Left;
3649     }
3650 
3651     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
3652         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
3653                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
3654                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
3655                               UncoveredArg);
3656 
3657     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
3658   }
3659 
3660   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
3661     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
3662     goto tryAgain;
3663   }
3664 
3665   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
3666     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
3667       E = src;
3668       goto tryAgain;
3669     }
3670     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3671 
3672   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
3673     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
3674     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
3675     // liability.
3676     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3677 
3678   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
3679     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
3680 
3681     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
3682     // const string literals.
3683     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3684       bool isConstant = false;
3685       QualType T = DR->getType();
3686 
3687       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
3688         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
3689       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3690         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
3691                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
3692       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3693         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
3694         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
3695         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
3696       }
3697 
3698       if (isConstant) {
3699         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
3700           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
3701           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
3702             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
3703               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
3704           }
3705           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
3706                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
3707                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
3708                                        /*InFunctionCall*/false, CheckedVarArgs,
3709                                        UncoveredArg);
3710         }
3711       }
3712 
3713       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
3714       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
3715       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
3716       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
3717       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
3718       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
3719       //
3720       // void
3721       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
3722       //      va_list ap;
3723       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
3724       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
3725       //      ...
3726       // }
3727       if (HasVAListArg) {
3728         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
3729           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
3730             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
3731             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
3732               // adjust for implicit parameter
3733               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
3734                 if (MD->isInstance())
3735                   ++PVIndex;
3736               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
3737               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
3738               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
3739                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
3740                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
3741             }
3742           }
3743         }
3744       }
3745     }
3746 
3747     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3748   }
3749 
3750   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
3751   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
3752     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
3753     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
3754       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
3755         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
3756         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
3757           if (MD->isInstance())
3758             --ArgIndex;
3759         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
3760 
3761         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
3762                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
3763                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
3764                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
3765       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
3766         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
3767         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
3768             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
3769           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
3770           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
3771                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
3772                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
3773                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
3774                                        UncoveredArg);
3775         }
3776       }
3777     }
3778 
3779     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3780   }
3781   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
3782   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
3783     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
3784 
3785     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
3786       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
3787     else
3788       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
3789 
3790     if (StrE) {
3791       CheckFormatString(S, StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
3792                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
3793                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
3794       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
3795     }
3796 
3797     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3798   }
3799 
3800   default:
3801     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
3802   }
3803 }
3804 
3805 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
3806   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
3807   .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
3808   .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
3809   .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
3810   .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
3811   .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
3812   .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
3813   .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
3814   .Case("os_trace", FST_OSTrace)
3815   .Default(FST_Unknown);
3816 }
3817 
3818 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
3819 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
3820 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
3821 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
3822                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3823                                 bool IsCXXMember,
3824                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
3825                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
3826                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
3827   FormatStringInfo FSI;
3828   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
3829     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
3830                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
3831                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
3832   return false;
3833 }
3834 
3835 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3836                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
3837                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
3838                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
3839                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
3840                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
3841   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
3842   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
3843     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
3844     return false;
3845   }
3846 
3847   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
3848 
3849   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
3850   //
3851   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
3852   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
3853   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
3854   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
3855   // many format string exploits.
3856 
3857   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
3858   // C string (e.g. "%d")
3859   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
3860   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
3861   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
3862   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
3863       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
3864                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
3865                             /*IsFunctionCall*/true, CheckedVarArgs,
3866                             UncoveredArg);
3867 
3868   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
3869   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
3870     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
3871     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
3872     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
3873   }
3874 
3875   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
3876     // Literal format string found, check done!
3877     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
3878 
3879   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
3880   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
3881   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
3882     return false;
3883 
3884   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
3885   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
3886   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
3887   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
3888   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
3889   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
3890     return false;
3891 
3892   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
3893   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
3894   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
3895     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
3896       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
3897     switch (Type) {
3898     default:
3899       break;
3900     case FST_Kprintf:
3901     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
3902     case FST_Printf:
3903       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
3904         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
3905       break;
3906     case FST_NSString:
3907       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
3908         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
3909       break;
3910     }
3911   } else {
3912     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
3913       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
3914   }
3915   return false;
3916 }
3917 
3918 namespace {
3919 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
3920 protected:
3921   Sema &S;
3922   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
3923   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
3924   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
3925   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
3926   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
3927   const bool HasVAListArg;
3928   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
3929   unsigned FormatIdx;
3930   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
3931   bool usesPositionalArgs;
3932   bool atFirstArg;
3933   bool inFunctionCall;
3934   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
3935   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
3936   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
3937 
3938 public:
3939   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
3940                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
3941                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
3942                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3943                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
3944                      Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
3945                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
3946                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
3947     : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
3948       FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
3949       Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
3950       Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
3951       usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
3952       inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
3953       CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
3954     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
3955     CoveredArgs.reset();
3956   }
3957 
3958   void DoneProcessing();
3959 
3960   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
3961                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
3962 
3963   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
3964                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
3965                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
3966                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
3967                            unsigned DiagID);
3968 
3969   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
3970                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
3971                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
3972 
3973   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
3974                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
3975                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
3976 
3977   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
3978 
3979   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
3980                              unsigned specifierLen,
3981                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
3982 
3983   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
3984 
3985   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
3986 
3987   template <typename Range>
3988   static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
3989                                    const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
3990                                    PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
3991                                    SourceLocation StringLoc,
3992                                    bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
3993                                    ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
3994 
3995 protected:
3996   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
3997                                         const char *startSpec,
3998                                         unsigned specifierLen,
3999                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
4000 
4001   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4002                                          const char *startSpec,
4003                                          unsigned specifierLen);
4004 
4005   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
4006   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
4007                                     unsigned specifierLen);
4008   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
4009 
4010   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
4011 
4012   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4013                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4014                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4015                     unsigned argIndex);
4016 
4017   template <typename Range>
4018   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4019                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4020                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4021 };
4022 } // end anonymous namespace
4023 
4024 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
4025   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4026 }
4027 
4028 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
4029 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4030   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
4031   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
4032 
4033   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
4034   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
4035 
4036   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
4037 }
4038 
4039 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
4040   return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
4041 }
4042 
4043 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4044                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
4045   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
4046                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
4047                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4048                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4049 }
4050 
4051 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4052     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4053     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4054     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
4055   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4056 
4057   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4058   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4059 
4060   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4061   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4062   if (FixedLM) {
4063     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4064                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4065                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4066                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4067 
4068     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4069       << FixedLM->toString()
4070       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4071 
4072   } else {
4073     FixItHint Hint;
4074     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
4075       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
4076 
4077     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4078                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4079                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4080                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4081                          Hint);
4082   }
4083 }
4084 
4085 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4086     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4087     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4088   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4089 
4090   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4091   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4092 
4093   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4094   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4095   if (FixedLM) {
4096     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4097                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4098                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4099                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4100                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4101 
4102     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4103       << FixedLM->toString()
4104       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4105 
4106   } else {
4107     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4108                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4109                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4110                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4111                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4112   }
4113 }
4114 
4115 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4116     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4117     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4118   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4119 
4120   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
4121   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
4122   if (FixedCS) {
4123     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4124                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
4125                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4126                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4127                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4128 
4129     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
4130     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4131       << FixedCS->toString()
4132       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
4133   } else {
4134     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4135                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
4136                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4137                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4138                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4139   }
4140 }
4141 
4142 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
4143                                         unsigned posLen) {
4144   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
4145                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
4146                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4147                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4148 }
4149 
4150 void
4151 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
4152                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
4153   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
4154                          << (unsigned) p,
4155                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4156                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4157 }
4158 
4159 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
4160                                             unsigned posLen) {
4161   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
4162                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
4163                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4164                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
4165 }
4166 
4167 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
4168   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
4169     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
4170     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4171       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
4172       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4173       getFormatStringRange());
4174   }
4175 }
4176 
4177 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
4178 // one of the argument expressions.
4179 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
4180   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
4181 }
4182 
4183 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
4184   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
4185   // format conversions in the format string?
4186   if (!HasVAListArg) {
4187       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
4188     CoveredArgs.flip();
4189     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
4190     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
4191       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
4192       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
4193     } else {
4194       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
4195     }
4196   }
4197 }
4198 
4199 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
4200                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4201   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
4202          "Invalid state");
4203 
4204   if (!ArgExpr)
4205     return;
4206 
4207   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
4208 
4209   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
4210     return;
4211 
4212   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
4213   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
4214     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
4215 
4216   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4217                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
4218                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
4219                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
4220 }
4221 
4222 bool
4223 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
4224                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
4225                                                      const char *startSpec,
4226                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
4227                                                      const char *csStart,
4228                                                      unsigned csLen) {
4229   bool keepGoing = true;
4230   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
4231     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
4232     // make sense.
4233     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4234   }
4235   else {
4236     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
4237     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
4238     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
4239     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
4240     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
4241     keepGoing = false;
4242   }
4243 
4244   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
4245 
4246   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
4247   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
4248   // hex value.
4249   std::string CodePointStr;
4250   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
4251     UTF32 CodePoint;
4252     const UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const UTF8 **>(&csStart);
4253     const UTF8 *E =
4254         reinterpret_cast<const UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
4255     ConversionResult Result =
4256         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, strictConversion);
4257 
4258     if (Result != conversionOK) {
4259       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
4260       CodePoint = (UTF32)FirstChar;
4261     }
4262 
4263     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
4264     if (CodePoint < 256)
4265       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
4266     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
4267       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
4268     else
4269       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
4270     OS.flush();
4271     Specifier = CodePointStr;
4272   }
4273 
4274   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4275       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
4276       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
4277 
4278   return keepGoing;
4279 }
4280 
4281 void
4282 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4283                                                       const char *startSpec,
4284                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4285   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4286     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
4287     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
4288 }
4289 
4290 bool
4291 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
4292   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4293   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4294   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
4295 
4296   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
4297     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
4298       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
4299            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
4300       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
4301     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4302       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4303       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4304 
4305     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
4306     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
4307     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
4308     return false;
4309   }
4310   return true;
4311 }
4312 
4313 template<typename Range>
4314 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
4315                                               SourceLocation Loc,
4316                                               bool IsStringLocation,
4317                                               Range StringRange,
4318                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
4319   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
4320                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
4321 }
4322 
4323 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
4324 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
4325 ///
4326 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
4327 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
4328 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
4329 ///
4330 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
4331 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
4332 /// diagnostics are emitted.
4333 ///
4334 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
4335 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
4336 /// to diagnostics.
4337 ///
4338 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
4339 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
4340 /// the other one.
4341 ///
4342 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
4343 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
4344 /// be used with PDiag.
4345 ///
4346 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
4347 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
4348 ///
4349 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
4350 template<typename Range>
4351 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
4352                                               const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4353                                               PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
4354                                               SourceLocation Loc,
4355                                               bool IsStringLocation,
4356                                               Range StringRange,
4357                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
4358   if (InFunctionCall) {
4359     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
4360     D << StringRange;
4361     D << FixIt;
4362   } else {
4363     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
4364       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
4365 
4366     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
4367       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
4368              diag::note_format_string_defined);
4369 
4370     Note << StringRange;
4371     Note << FixIt;
4372   }
4373 }
4374 
4375 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
4376 
4377 namespace {
4378 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
4379   bool ObjCContext;
4380 
4381 public:
4382   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
4383                      const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
4384                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
4385                      const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4386                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4387                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
4388                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4389                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4390                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4391     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
4392                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args,
4393                          formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
4394                          UncoveredArg),
4395       ObjCContext(isObjC)
4396   {}
4397 
4398   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
4399                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4400                                       const char *startSpecifier,
4401                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
4402 
4403   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4404                              const char *startSpecifier,
4405                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
4406   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4407                        const char *StartSpecifier,
4408                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
4409                        const Expr *E);
4410 
4411   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
4412                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4413   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4414                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
4415                            unsigned type,
4416                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4417   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4418                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4419                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4420   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4421                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
4422                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4423                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4424   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
4425                            const Expr *E);
4426 
4427   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4428                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
4429 
4430   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4431                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
4432 
4433   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
4434                                            const char *flagsEnd,
4435                                            const char *conversionPosition)
4436                                              override;
4437 };
4438 } // end anonymous namespace
4439 
4440 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
4441                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4442                                       const char *startSpecifier,
4443                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4444   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
4445     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4446 
4447   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
4448                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4449                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
4450                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
4451 }
4452 
4453 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
4454                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
4455                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
4456                                unsigned specifierLen) {
4457   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
4458     if (!HasVAListArg) {
4459       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
4460       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
4461         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
4462                                << k,
4463                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
4464                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4465                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4466         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
4467         // spurious errors.
4468         return false;
4469       }
4470 
4471       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
4472       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
4473       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
4474       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
4475       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4476       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
4477       if (!Arg)
4478         return false;
4479 
4480       QualType T = Arg->getType();
4481 
4482       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
4483       assert(AT.isValid());
4484 
4485       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
4486         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
4487                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
4488                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
4489                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
4490                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4491                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4492         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
4493         // spurious errors.
4494         return false;
4495       }
4496     }
4497   }
4498   return true;
4499 }
4500 
4501 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
4502                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4503                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
4504                                       unsigned type,
4505                                       const char *startSpecifier,
4506                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
4507   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
4508     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4509 
4510   FixItHint fixit =
4511     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
4512       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
4513                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
4514       : FixItHint();
4515 
4516   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
4517                          << type << CS.toString(),
4518                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
4519                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4520                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4521                        fixit);
4522 }
4523 
4524 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4525                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4526                                     const char *startSpecifier,
4527                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
4528   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
4529   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
4530     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4531   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
4532                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
4533                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
4534                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4535                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4536                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4537                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
4538 }
4539 
4540 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
4541                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4542                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
4543                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
4544                                 const char *startSpecifier,
4545                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
4546   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
4547   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
4548                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
4549                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
4550                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4551                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4552                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4553                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
4554 }
4555 
4556 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4557 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4558 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4559 
4560 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4561                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
4562   // Warn about an empty flag.
4563   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
4564                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
4565                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4566                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
4567 }
4568 
4569 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
4570                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
4571   // Warn about an invalid flag.
4572   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
4573   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
4574   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
4575                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
4576                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4577                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
4578 }
4579 
4580 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
4581     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
4582     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
4583     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
4584     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
4585     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
4586                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
4587                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4588                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
4589 }
4590 
4591 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
4592 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
4593 // "c_str()").
4594 template<typename MemberKind>
4595 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
4596 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
4597   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4598   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
4599 
4600   if (!RT)
4601     return Results;
4602   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4603   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
4604     return Results;
4605 
4606   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
4607                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
4608   R.suppressDiagnostics();
4609 
4610   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
4611   // filter, at this point.
4612   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
4613     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4614       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4615       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
4616         Results.insert(FK);
4617     }
4618   return Results;
4619 }
4620 
4621 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
4622 ///
4623 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
4624 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
4625 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
4626   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
4627   MethodSet Results =
4628       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
4629   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
4630        MI != ME; ++MI)
4631     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
4632       return true;
4633   return false;
4634 }
4635 
4636 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
4637 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
4638 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
4639 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
4640     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
4641   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
4642 
4643   MethodSet Results =
4644       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
4645 
4646   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
4647        MI != ME; ++MI) {
4648     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
4649     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
4650         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
4651       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
4652       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
4653       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
4654           << "c_str()"
4655           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
4656       return true;
4657     }
4658   }
4659 
4660   return false;
4661 }
4662 
4663 bool
4664 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
4665                                             &FS,
4666                                           const char *startSpecifier,
4667                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
4668   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4669   using namespace analyze_printf;
4670   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
4671 
4672   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
4673     if (atFirstArg) {
4674         atFirstArg = false;
4675         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
4676     }
4677     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
4678       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
4679                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4680       return false;
4681     }
4682   }
4683 
4684   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
4685   // have matching data arguments.
4686   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
4687                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
4688     return false;
4689   }
4690 
4691   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
4692                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
4693     return false;
4694   }
4695 
4696   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
4697     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
4698     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
4699     return true;
4700   }
4701 
4702   // Consume the argument.
4703   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
4704   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
4705     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
4706     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
4707     // function if we encounter some other error.
4708     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
4709   }
4710 
4711   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
4712   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
4713       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
4714     // We need at least two arguments.
4715     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
4716       return false;
4717 
4718     // Claim the second argument.
4719     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
4720 
4721     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
4722     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
4723     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
4724       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
4725         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
4726     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
4727       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4728         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
4729         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
4730         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
4731         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
4732         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4733 
4734     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
4735     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
4736     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
4737     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
4738       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
4739         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
4740         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
4741         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
4742         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
4743         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4744 
4745      return true;
4746   }
4747 
4748   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
4749   // in a non-ObjC literal.
4750   if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
4751     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
4752                                                   specifierLen);
4753   }
4754 
4755   // Check for invalid use of field width
4756   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
4757     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
4758         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4759   }
4760 
4761   // Check for invalid use of precision
4762   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
4763     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
4764         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4765   }
4766 
4767   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
4768   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
4769     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4770   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
4771     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4772   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
4773     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4774   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
4775     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4776   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
4777     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4778   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
4779     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4780 
4781   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
4782   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
4783     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
4784         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4785   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
4786     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
4787             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4788 
4789   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
4790   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
4791     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
4792                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
4793   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
4794     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4795   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
4796     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
4797                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
4798 
4799   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
4800     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
4801 
4802   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
4803   if (HasVAListArg)
4804     return true;
4805 
4806   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
4807     return false;
4808 
4809   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
4810   if (!Arg)
4811     return true;
4812 
4813   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
4814 }
4815 
4816 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
4817   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
4818   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
4819   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
4820   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
4821   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
4822     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
4823 
4824   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
4825   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
4826   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4827   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
4828   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
4829   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
4830   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
4831   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
4832   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
4833   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
4834   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
4835   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
4836   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
4837   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
4838   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
4839   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
4840   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
4841   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4842   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
4843   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
4844   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
4845   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
4846     return false;
4847   default:
4848     return true;
4849   }
4850 }
4851 
4852 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
4853 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
4854                        QualType IntendedTy,
4855                        const Expr *E) {
4856   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
4857   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
4858   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
4859     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
4860     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
4861       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
4862       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
4863       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
4864       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
4865       .Default(QualType());
4866 
4867     if (!CastTy.isNull())
4868       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
4869 
4870     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
4871   }
4872 
4873   // Strip parens if necessary.
4874   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4875     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
4876                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
4877                                   PE->getSubExpr());
4878 
4879   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
4880   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
4881   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
4882   // Co. usage condition.
4883   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4884     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
4885     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
4886 
4887     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
4888       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
4889                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
4890                              CO->getTrueExpr());
4891     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
4892       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
4893                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
4894                              CO->getFalseExpr());
4895 
4896     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
4897       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
4898     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
4899       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
4900     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
4901       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
4902   }
4903 
4904   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
4905 }
4906 
4907 bool
4908 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
4909                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
4910                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
4911                                     const Expr *E) {
4912   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4913   using namespace analyze_printf;
4914   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
4915   // format specifier.
4916   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
4917                                                     ObjCContext);
4918   if (!AT.isValid())
4919     return true;
4920 
4921   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
4922   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
4923     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
4924   }
4925 
4926   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
4927 
4928   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
4929     return true;
4930   }
4931 
4932   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
4933   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
4934   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
4935   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
4936   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
4937     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
4938         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
4939       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
4940       ExprTy = E->getType();
4941 
4942       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
4943       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
4944       // function.
4945       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
4946           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
4947         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
4948         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
4949           return true;
4950       }
4951     }
4952   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
4953     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
4954     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
4955     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
4956     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
4957       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
4958         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
4959   }
4960 
4961   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
4962   bool IsEnum = false;
4963   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4964     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4965     IsEnum = true;
4966   }
4967 
4968   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
4969   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
4970   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
4971   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
4972   if (ObjCContext &&
4973       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
4974     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
4975         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
4976       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
4977       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
4978       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4979 
4980       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
4981       // to be within the valid range.
4982       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
4983         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
4984         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
4985           return true;
4986       }
4987 
4988       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
4989                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
4990       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
4991         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
4992         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
4993           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
4994             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
4995       }
4996     }
4997   }
4998 
4999   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
5000   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
5001   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
5002   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
5003     QualType CastTy;
5004     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
5005     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
5006       IntendedTy = CastTy;
5007       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
5008     }
5009   }
5010 
5011   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
5012   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5013   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
5014                                  S.Context, ObjCContext);
5015 
5016   if (success) {
5017     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
5018     SmallString<16> buf;
5019     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5020     fixedFS.toString(os);
5021 
5022     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
5023 
5024     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5025       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5026       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5027         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5028       }
5029       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
5030       // the argument.
5031       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5032                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5033                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
5034                            E->getLocStart(),
5035                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
5036                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5037     } else {
5038       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
5039       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
5040       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
5041       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
5042       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
5043       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
5044       // if necessary).
5045       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
5046       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
5047       CastFix << "(";
5048       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5049       CastFix << ")";
5050 
5051       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
5052       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
5053         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5054 
5055       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
5056         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
5057         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
5058         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
5059 
5060       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
5061         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
5062         // just write the C-style cast.
5063         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5064                                                    CastFix.str()));
5065       } else {
5066         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
5067         CastFix << "(";
5068         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5069                                                    CastFix.str()));
5070 
5071         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5072         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
5073       }
5074 
5075       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5076         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
5077         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
5078         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
5079         StringRef Name;
5080         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
5081           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
5082         else
5083           Name = CastTyName;
5084         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
5085                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
5086                                << E->getSourceRange(),
5087                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
5088                              SpecRange, Hints);
5089       } else {
5090         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
5091         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
5092         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
5093         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5094           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5095             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
5096             << E->getSourceRange(),
5097           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5098           SpecRange, Hints);
5099       }
5100     }
5101   } else {
5102     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
5103                                                    SpecifierLen);
5104     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
5105     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
5106     // arguments here.
5107     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
5108     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
5109     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
5110       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5111       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5112         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5113       }
5114 
5115       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5116           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
5117                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
5118           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
5119       break;
5120     }
5121     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
5122     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
5123       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5124         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
5125           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5126           << ExprTy
5127           << CallType
5128           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5129           << CSR
5130           << E->getSourceRange(),
5131         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
5132       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
5133       break;
5134 
5135     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
5136       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
5137         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5138           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
5139             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5140             << ExprTy
5141             << CallType
5142             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5143             << CSR
5144             << E->getSourceRange(),
5145           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
5146       else
5147         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
5148         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
5149         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
5150           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
5151           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5152           << E->getSourceRange();
5153       break;
5154     }
5155 
5156     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
5157            "format string specifier index out of range");
5158     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
5159   }
5160 
5161   return true;
5162 }
5163 
5164 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5165 
5166 namespace {
5167 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5168 public:
5169   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
5170                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
5171                     unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
5172                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5173                     unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5174                     Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5175                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5176                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5177     : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
5178                          numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
5179                          Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
5180                          CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg)
5181   {}
5182 
5183   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5184                             const char *startSpecifier,
5185                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
5186 
5187   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
5188           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5189           const char *startSpecifier,
5190           unsigned specifierLen) override;
5191 
5192   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
5193 };
5194 } // end anonymous namespace
5195 
5196 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
5197                                                  const char *end) {
5198   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
5199                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5200                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
5201 }
5202 
5203 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
5204                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5205                                         const char *startSpecifier,
5206                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
5207 
5208   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5209     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5210 
5211   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5212                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5213                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5214                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5215 }
5216 
5217 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
5218                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
5219                                        const char *startSpecifier,
5220                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
5221   using namespace analyze_scanf;
5222   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5223 
5224   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5225 
5226   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
5227   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
5228   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5229     if (atFirstArg) {
5230       atFirstArg = false;
5231       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5232     }
5233     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5234       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5235                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5236       return false;
5237     }
5238   }
5239 
5240   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
5241   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
5242   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
5243     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
5244       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5245                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
5246       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
5247                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5248                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
5249                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
5250     }
5251   }
5252 
5253   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5254     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5255     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5256     return true;
5257   }
5258 
5259   // Consume the argument.
5260   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5261   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5262       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5263       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5264       // function if we encounter some other error.
5265     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5266   }
5267 
5268   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5269   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5270     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5271                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5272   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5273     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5274   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5275     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5276                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5277 
5278   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5279     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5280 
5281   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5282   if (HasVAListArg)
5283     return true;
5284 
5285   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5286     return false;
5287 
5288   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
5289   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5290   if (!Ex)
5291     return true;
5292 
5293   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
5294 
5295   if (!AT.isValid()) {
5296     return true;
5297   }
5298 
5299   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
5300       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
5301   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
5302     return true;
5303   }
5304 
5305   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5306   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
5307                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
5308 
5309   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5310   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5311     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5312   }
5313 
5314   if (success) {
5315     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
5316     SmallString<128> buf;
5317     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5318     fixedFS.toString(os);
5319 
5320     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5321         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5322                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5323         Ex->getLocStart(),
5324         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5325         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5326         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5327             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
5328   } else {
5329     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5330                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5331                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5332                          Ex->getLocStart(),
5333                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5334                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5335   }
5336 
5337   return true;
5338 }
5339 
5340 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const StringLiteral *FExpr,
5341                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
5342                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5343                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
5344                               unsigned firstDataArg,
5345                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
5346                               bool inFunctionCall,
5347                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5348                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5349                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
5350   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
5351   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
5352     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5353       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5354       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
5355       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5356     return;
5357   }
5358 
5359   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
5360   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
5361   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
5362   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
5363   const ConstantArrayType *T =
5364     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
5365   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
5366   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
5367   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
5368   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
5369 
5370   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
5371   // embedded null character.
5372   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
5373       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
5374     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5375         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5376         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
5377         FExpr->getLocStart(),
5378         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5379     return;
5380   }
5381 
5382   // CHECK: empty format string?
5383   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
5384     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5385       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
5386       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
5387       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
5388     return;
5389   }
5390 
5391   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
5392       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
5393     CheckPrintfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
5394                          numDataArgs, (Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
5395                                        Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace),
5396                          Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
5397                          inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5398                          UncoveredArg);
5399 
5400     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
5401                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
5402                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
5403                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
5404       H.DoneProcessing();
5405   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
5406     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
5407                         Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
5408                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5409                         UncoveredArg);
5410 
5411     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
5412                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
5413                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
5414       H.DoneProcessing();
5415   } // TODO: handle other formats
5416 }
5417 
5418 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
5419   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
5420   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
5421   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
5422   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
5423   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
5424   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
5425   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
5426   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
5427   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
5428                                                          getLangOpts(),
5429                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
5430 }
5431 
5432 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
5433 
5434 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
5435 // does not exist.
5436 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
5437   switch (AbsFunction) {
5438   default:
5439     return 0;
5440 
5441   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5442     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
5443   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5444     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
5445   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5446     return 0;
5447 
5448   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5449     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
5450   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5451     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
5452   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5453     return 0;
5454 
5455   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5456     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
5457   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5458     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
5459   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5460     return 0;
5461 
5462   case Builtin::BIabs:
5463     return Builtin::BIlabs;
5464   case Builtin::BIlabs:
5465     return Builtin::BIllabs;
5466   case Builtin::BIllabs:
5467     return 0;
5468 
5469   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5470     return Builtin::BIfabs;
5471   case Builtin::BIfabs:
5472     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
5473   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5474     return 0;
5475 
5476   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5477    return Builtin::BIcabs;
5478   case Builtin::BIcabs:
5479     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
5480   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5481     return 0;
5482   }
5483 }
5484 
5485 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
5486 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
5487                                              unsigned AbsType) {
5488   if (AbsType == 0)
5489     return QualType();
5490 
5491   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
5492   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
5493   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
5494     return QualType();
5495 
5496   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5497   if (!FT)
5498     return QualType();
5499 
5500   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
5501     return QualType();
5502 
5503   return FT->getParamType(0);
5504 }
5505 
5506 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
5507 // current absolute value function.
5508 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
5509                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
5510   unsigned BestKind = 0;
5511   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
5512   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
5513        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
5514     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
5515     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
5516       if (BestKind == 0)
5517         BestKind = Kind;
5518       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
5519         BestKind = Kind;
5520         break;
5521       }
5522     }
5523   }
5524   return BestKind;
5525 }
5526 
5527 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
5528   AVK_Integer,
5529   AVK_Floating,
5530   AVK_Complex
5531 };
5532 
5533 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
5534   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
5535     return AVK_Integer;
5536   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
5537     return AVK_Floating;
5538   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
5539     return AVK_Complex;
5540 
5541   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
5542 }
5543 
5544 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
5545 // the function is a builtin.
5546 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
5547                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
5548   switch (ValueKind) {
5549   case AVK_Integer:
5550     switch (AbsKind) {
5551     default:
5552       return 0;
5553     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5554     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5555     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5556     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5557     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5558     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5559       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
5560     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5561     case Builtin::BIfabs:
5562     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5563     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5564     case Builtin::BIcabs:
5565     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5566       return Builtin::BIabs;
5567     }
5568   case AVK_Floating:
5569     switch (AbsKind) {
5570     default:
5571       return 0;
5572     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5573     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5574     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5575     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5576     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5577     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5578       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
5579     case Builtin::BIabs:
5580     case Builtin::BIlabs:
5581     case Builtin::BIllabs:
5582     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5583     case Builtin::BIcabs:
5584     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5585       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
5586     }
5587   case AVK_Complex:
5588     switch (AbsKind) {
5589     default:
5590       return 0;
5591     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5592     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5593     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5594     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5595     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5596     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5597       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
5598     case Builtin::BIabs:
5599     case Builtin::BIlabs:
5600     case Builtin::BIllabs:
5601     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5602     case Builtin::BIfabs:
5603     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5604       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
5605     }
5606   }
5607   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
5608 }
5609 
5610 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
5611   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
5612   if (!FnInfo)
5613     return 0;
5614 
5615   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
5616   default:
5617     return 0;
5618   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
5619   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
5620   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
5621   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
5622   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
5623   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
5624   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
5625   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
5626   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
5627   case Builtin::BIabs:
5628   case Builtin::BIlabs:
5629   case Builtin::BIllabs:
5630   case Builtin::BIfabs:
5631   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
5632   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
5633   case Builtin::BIcabs:
5634   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
5635   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
5636     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
5637   }
5638   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
5639 }
5640 
5641 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
5642 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
5643 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5644                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
5645   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
5646   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
5647   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
5648   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
5649     FunctionName = "std::abs";
5650     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
5651       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
5652     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5653       HeaderName = "cmath";
5654     } else {
5655       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
5656     }
5657 
5658     // Lookup all std::abs
5659     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
5660       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
5661       R.suppressDiagnostics();
5662       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
5663 
5664       for (const auto *I : R) {
5665         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
5666         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
5667           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
5668         } else {
5669           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
5670         }
5671         if (!FDecl)
5672           continue;
5673 
5674         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
5675         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
5676           continue;
5677 
5678         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
5679         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
5680         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
5681             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
5682                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
5683           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
5684           EmitHeaderHint = false;
5685           break;
5686         }
5687       }
5688     }
5689   } else {
5690     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
5691     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
5692 
5693     if (HeaderName) {
5694       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
5695       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
5696       R.suppressDiagnostics();
5697       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
5698 
5699       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
5700         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
5701         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
5702           EmitHeaderHint = false;
5703         } else {
5704           return;
5705         }
5706       } else if (!R.empty()) {
5707         return;
5708       }
5709     }
5710   }
5711 
5712   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
5713       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
5714 
5715   if (!HeaderName)
5716     return;
5717 
5718   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
5719     return;
5720 
5721   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
5722                                                     << FunctionName;
5723 }
5724 
5725 static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
5726   if (!FDecl)
5727     return false;
5728 
5729   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs"))
5730     return false;
5731 
5732   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext());
5733 
5734   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) {
5735     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext());
5736   }
5737 
5738   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std"))
5739     return false;
5740 
5741   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
5742     return false;
5743 
5744   return true;
5745 }
5746 
5747 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
5748 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
5749                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5750                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) {
5751   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
5752     return;
5753 
5754   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
5755   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl);
5756   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
5757     return;
5758 
5759   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
5760   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
5761 
5762   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
5763   // function call.
5764   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
5765     const char *FunctionName =
5766         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
5767     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
5768     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
5769         << FunctionName
5770         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
5771     return;
5772   }
5773 
5774   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
5775   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
5776   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
5777     unsigned DiagType = 0;
5778     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
5779       DiagType = 1;
5780     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
5781       DiagType = 2;
5782 
5783     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
5784     return;
5785   }
5786 
5787   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
5788   // from occurring.
5789   if (IsStdAbs)
5790     return;
5791 
5792   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
5793   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
5794 
5795   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
5796   // size.
5797   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
5798     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
5799       return;
5800 
5801     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
5802     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
5803         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
5804 
5805     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
5806       return;
5807 
5808     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
5809                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
5810     return;
5811   }
5812 
5813   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
5814   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
5815   // proper one.
5816   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
5817   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
5818   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
5819     return;
5820 
5821   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
5822       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
5823 
5824   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
5825                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
5826 }
5827 
5828 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
5829 
5830 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
5831 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
5832 ///
5833 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
5834 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
5835                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
5836                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
5837                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5838   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
5839   if (!Size)
5840     return false;
5841 
5842   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
5843   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
5844     return false;
5845 
5846   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
5847   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
5848       << SizeRange << FnName;
5849   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
5850       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5851                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
5852       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
5853   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
5854       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
5855       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
5856                                     ")");
5857 
5858   return true;
5859 }
5860 
5861 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
5862 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
5863 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
5864                                                      bool &IsContained) {
5865   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
5866   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
5867   IsContained = false;
5868 
5869   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5870   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
5871   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
5872     return nullptr;
5873 
5874   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
5875     return RD;
5876 
5877   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
5878   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
5879   // infinite recursion is impossible.
5880   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5881     bool SubContained;
5882     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
5883             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
5884       IsContained = true;
5885       return ContainedRD;
5886     }
5887   }
5888 
5889   return nullptr;
5890 }
5891 
5892 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
5893 /// otherwise returns NULL.
5894 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
5895   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
5896       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
5897     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
5898       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5899 
5900   return nullptr;
5901 }
5902 
5903 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
5904 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
5905   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
5906       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
5907     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
5908       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
5909 
5910   return QualType();
5911 }
5912 
5913 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
5914 ///
5915 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
5916 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
5917 /// function calls.
5918 ///
5919 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
5920 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
5921                                    unsigned BId,
5922                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
5923   assert(BId != 0);
5924 
5925   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
5926   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
5927   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
5928   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
5929     return;
5930 
5931   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
5932                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
5933   unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
5934   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5935 
5936   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
5937                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
5938     return;
5939 
5940   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
5941   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
5942   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
5943   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
5944 
5945   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
5946     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5947     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
5948 
5949     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
5950     QualType PointeeTy;
5951     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5952       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
5953 
5954       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
5955       // false positives.
5956       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
5957         continue;
5958 
5959       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
5960       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
5961       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
5962       // enabled.
5963       if (SizeOfArg &&
5964           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
5965                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
5966         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
5967         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
5968         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
5969           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
5970         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
5971         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
5972         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
5973           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
5974           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
5975           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
5976           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
5977 
5978           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
5979             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
5980               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
5981           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
5982               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
5983             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
5984                            // suggest an explicit length.
5985 
5986           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
5987           // expansion.
5988           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
5989           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
5990           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
5991           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
5992 
5993           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
5994             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
5995             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
5996             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
5997                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
5998             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
5999                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
6000           }
6001 
6002           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6003                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
6004                                 << ReadableName
6005                                 << PointeeTy
6006                                 << DestTy
6007                                 << DSR
6008                                 << SSR);
6009           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6010                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
6011                                 << ActionIdx
6012                                 << SSR);
6013 
6014           break;
6015         }
6016       }
6017 
6018       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
6019       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
6020       // record type.
6021       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
6022         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
6023             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
6024           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6025                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
6026                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
6027                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
6028                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
6029           break;
6030         }
6031       }
6032     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
6033       PointeeTy = DestTy;
6034     }
6035 
6036     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
6037       continue;
6038 
6039     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
6040     bool IsContained;
6041     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6042             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
6043 
6044       unsigned OperationType = 0;
6045       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
6046       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
6047       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
6048         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
6049           OperationType = 1;
6050         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
6051           OperationType = 2;
6052         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
6053           OperationType = 3;
6054       }
6055 
6056       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6057         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6058         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
6059           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
6060           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
6061           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6062     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
6063              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
6064       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6065         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6066         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
6067           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
6068           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6069     else
6070       continue;
6071 
6072     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6073       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6074       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
6075         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
6076     break;
6077   }
6078 }
6079 
6080 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
6081 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
6082 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
6083 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
6084   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
6085 
6086   for (;;) {
6087     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
6088     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
6089       break;
6090 
6091     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6092     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6093 
6094     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
6095       Ex = LHS;
6096     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
6097       Ex = RHS;
6098     else
6099       break;
6100   }
6101 
6102   return Ex;
6103 }
6104 
6105 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
6106                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
6107   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
6108   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
6109     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
6110     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
6111       return false;
6112   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
6113     return false;
6114   }
6115   return true;
6116 }
6117 
6118 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
6119 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
6120 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6121                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6122 
6123   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
6124   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
6125   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
6126     return;
6127 
6128   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
6129   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
6130   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
6131 
6132   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
6133                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6134     return;
6135 
6136   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
6137   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
6138     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
6139   else {
6140     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
6141     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
6142       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
6143           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
6144         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
6145     }
6146   }
6147 
6148   if (!CompareWithSrc)
6149     return;
6150 
6151   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
6152   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
6153   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
6154   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
6155   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
6156   if (!SrcArgDRE)
6157     return;
6158 
6159   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
6160   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
6161       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
6162     return;
6163 
6164   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
6165   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
6166     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
6167 
6168   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
6169   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
6170   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
6171   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
6172   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6173   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
6174     return;
6175 
6176   SmallString<128> sizeString;
6177   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
6178   OS << "sizeof(";
6179   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6180   OS << ")";
6181 
6182   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
6183     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
6184                                     OS.str());
6185 }
6186 
6187 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
6188 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
6189   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
6190     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
6191       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
6192   return false;
6193 }
6194 
6195 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6196   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6197     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
6198     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
6199       return nullptr;
6200     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6201   }
6202   return nullptr;
6203 }
6204 
6205 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
6206 // The correct size argument should look like following:
6207 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
6208 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
6209                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6210   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
6211   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
6212     return;
6213   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6214   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6215   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6216 
6217   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
6218                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
6219     return;
6220 
6221   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
6222   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
6223   unsigned PatternType = 0;
6224   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
6225     // - sizeof(dst)
6226     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
6227       PatternType = 1;
6228     // - sizeof(src)
6229     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
6230       PatternType = 2;
6231   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
6232     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
6233       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6234       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6235       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
6236       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
6237           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
6238         PatternType = 1;
6239       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
6240       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
6241         PatternType = 2;
6242     }
6243   }
6244 
6245   if (PatternType == 0)
6246     return;
6247 
6248   // Generate the diagnostic.
6249   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
6250   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
6251   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6252 
6253   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
6254   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6255     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6256     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
6257                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
6258   }
6259 
6260   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
6261   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
6262   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
6263                                                                     Context);
6264   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
6265     if (PatternType == 1)
6266       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
6267     else
6268       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
6269     return;
6270   }
6271 
6272   if (PatternType == 1)
6273     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
6274   else
6275     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
6276 
6277   SmallString<128> sizeString;
6278   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
6279   OS << "sizeof(";
6280   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6281   OS << ") - ";
6282   OS << "strlen(";
6283   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
6284   OS << ") - 1";
6285 
6286   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
6287     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
6288 }
6289 
6290 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
6291 
6292 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
6293                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6294                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
6295 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
6296                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6297                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
6298 
6299 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
6300 ///   of a stack variable.
6301 static void
6302 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
6303                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
6304 
6305   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
6306   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
6307 
6308   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
6309   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
6310   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
6311       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
6312     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
6313   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
6314     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
6315   }
6316 
6317   if (!stackE)
6318     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
6319 
6320   SourceLocation diagLoc;
6321   SourceRange diagRange;
6322   if (refVars.empty()) {
6323     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
6324     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
6325   } else {
6326     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
6327     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
6328     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
6329     // reference variables using notes.
6330     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
6331     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
6332   }
6333 
6334   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
6335     // address of local var
6336     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
6337      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
6338   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
6339     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
6340   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
6341     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
6342   } else { // local temporary.
6343     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
6344      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
6345   }
6346 
6347   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
6348   // found the problematic expression using notes.
6349   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6350     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
6351     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
6352     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
6353     // show the range of the expression.
6354     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
6355                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
6356     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
6357         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
6358   }
6359 }
6360 
6361 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
6362 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
6363 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
6364 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
6365 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
6366 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
6367 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
6368 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
6369 ///
6370 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
6371 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
6372 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
6373 ///
6374 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
6375 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
6376 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
6377 ///  expressions.
6378 ///
6379 ///  This implementation handles:
6380 ///
6381 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
6382 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
6383 ///   * taking the address of fields
6384 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
6385 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
6386 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
6387 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
6388                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6389                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
6390   if (E->isTypeDependent())
6391     return nullptr;
6392 
6393   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
6394   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
6395           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
6396           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6397          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
6398 
6399   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6400 
6401   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
6402   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
6403   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
6404   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
6405   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
6406     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6407 
6408     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
6409     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
6410       return nullptr;
6411 
6412     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
6413       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
6414       // it points to.
6415       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
6416           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
6417         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
6418         refVars.push_back(DR);
6419         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6420       }
6421 
6422     return nullptr;
6423   }
6424 
6425   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6426     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
6427     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
6428     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
6429 
6430     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6431       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6432     return nullptr;
6433   }
6434 
6435   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
6436     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
6437     // in this context.
6438     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6439     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
6440 
6441     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
6442       return nullptr;
6443 
6444     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
6445 
6446     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
6447     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
6448     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
6449       Base = B->getRHS();
6450 
6451     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
6452     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
6453   }
6454 
6455   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
6456   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
6457   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6458     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
6459 
6460     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
6461     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
6462     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
6463       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6464       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6465         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
6466           return LHS;
6467     }
6468 
6469     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6470     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
6471       return nullptr;
6472 
6473     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6474   }
6475 
6476   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
6477     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
6478       return E; // local block.
6479     return nullptr;
6480 
6481   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
6482     return E; // address of label.
6483 
6484   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
6485     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
6486                     ParentDecl);
6487 
6488   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
6489   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
6490   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
6491   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
6492   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
6493   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
6494   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
6495   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
6496   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
6497   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
6498     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
6499     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
6500     case CK_LValueToRValue:
6501     case CK_NoOp:
6502     case CK_BaseToDerived:
6503     case CK_DerivedToBase:
6504     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
6505     case CK_Dynamic:
6506     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
6507     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
6508     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
6509       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
6510 
6511     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
6512       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
6513 
6514     case CK_BitCast:
6515       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
6516           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
6517           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6518         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
6519       else
6520         return nullptr;
6521 
6522     default:
6523       return nullptr;
6524     }
6525   }
6526 
6527   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
6528     if (const Expr *Result =
6529             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
6530                      refVars, ParentDecl))
6531       return Result;
6532     return E;
6533 
6534   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
6535   default:
6536     return nullptr;
6537   }
6538 }
6539 
6540 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
6541 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
6542 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
6543                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
6544                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
6545   do {
6546     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
6547     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
6548     // instead
6549     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
6550 
6551     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
6552     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
6553     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
6554 
6555     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6556     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
6557     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
6558       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
6559       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
6560         E = IE->getSubExpr();
6561         continue;
6562       }
6563       return nullptr;
6564     }
6565 
6566     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
6567       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
6568                      ParentDecl);
6569 
6570     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
6571       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
6572       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
6573       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
6574       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6575 
6576       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
6577       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
6578         return nullptr;
6579 
6580       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
6581         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
6582         if (V == ParentDecl)
6583           return DR;
6584 
6585         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
6586           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
6587             return DR;
6588 
6589           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
6590           // it points to.
6591           if (V->hasInit()) {
6592             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
6593             refVars.push_back(DR);
6594             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
6595           }
6596         }
6597       }
6598 
6599       return nullptr;
6600     }
6601 
6602     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6603       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
6604       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
6605       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
6606       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
6607 
6608       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6609         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6610 
6611       return nullptr;
6612     }
6613 
6614     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
6615       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
6616       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
6617       // has local storage.
6618       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
6619       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
6620         return nullptr;
6621       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6622     }
6623 
6624     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
6625       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
6626                       ParentDecl);
6627     }
6628 
6629     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6630       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
6631       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
6632       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
6633 
6634       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
6635       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
6636         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6637         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6638           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
6639             return LHS;
6640       }
6641 
6642       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
6643       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
6644         return nullptr;
6645 
6646       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6647     }
6648 
6649     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
6650     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
6651       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
6652 
6653       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
6654       if (M->isArrow())
6655         return nullptr;
6656 
6657       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
6658       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
6659       // to.
6660       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
6661         return nullptr;
6662 
6663       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
6664     }
6665 
6666     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
6667       if (const Expr *Result =
6668               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
6669                       refVars, ParentDecl))
6670         return Result;
6671       return E;
6672 
6673     default:
6674       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
6675       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
6676       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
6677         return E;
6678 
6679       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
6680       return nullptr;
6681     }
6682   } while (true);
6683 }
6684 
6685 void
6686 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
6687                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6688                          bool isObjCMethod,
6689                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
6690                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6691   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
6692 
6693   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
6694   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
6695        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
6696       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
6697     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
6698       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
6699 
6700   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
6701   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
6702   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
6703   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
6704   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
6705   if (FD) {
6706     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
6707     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
6708       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
6709         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6710       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
6711           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
6712         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
6713           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
6714     }
6715   }
6716 }
6717 
6718 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
6719 
6720 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
6721 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
6722 /// to do what the programmer intended.
6723 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
6724   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6725   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6726 
6727   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
6728   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
6729   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
6730     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
6731       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
6732         return;
6733 
6734   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
6735   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
6736   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
6737   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
6738   //  lead to false negatives.
6739   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
6740     if (FLL->isExact())
6741       return;
6742   } else
6743     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
6744       if (FLR->isExact())
6745         return;
6746 
6747   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
6748   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
6749     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
6750       return;
6751 
6752   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
6753     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
6754       return;
6755 
6756   // Emit the diagnostic.
6757   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
6758     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
6759 }
6760 
6761 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
6762 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
6763 
6764 namespace {
6765 
6766 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
6767 /// expression.
6768 struct IntRange {
6769   /// The number of bits active in the int.
6770   unsigned Width;
6771 
6772   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
6773   bool NonNegative;
6774 
6775   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
6776     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
6777   {}
6778 
6779   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
6780   static IntRange forBoolType() {
6781     return IntRange(1, true);
6782   }
6783 
6784   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
6785   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
6786     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
6787                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
6788   }
6789 
6790   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
6791   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
6792     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
6793 
6794     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
6795       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6796     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
6797       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6798     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
6799       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
6800 
6801     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
6802     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
6803       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
6804       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
6805         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
6806 
6807       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
6808       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
6809 
6810       if (NumNegative == 0)
6811         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
6812       else
6813         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
6814                         false/*NonNegative*/);
6815     }
6816 
6817     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
6818     assert(BT->isInteger());
6819 
6820     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
6821   }
6822 
6823   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
6824   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
6825   ///
6826   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
6827   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
6828   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
6829     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
6830 
6831     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
6832       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6833     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
6834       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6835     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
6836       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
6837     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
6838       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
6839 
6840     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
6841     assert(BT->isInteger());
6842 
6843     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
6844   }
6845 
6846   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
6847   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
6848     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
6849                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
6850   }
6851 
6852   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
6853   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
6854     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
6855                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
6856   }
6857 };
6858 
6859 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
6860   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
6861     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
6862 
6863   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
6864     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
6865 
6866   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
6867   // signedness.
6868   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
6869 }
6870 
6871 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
6872                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
6873   if (result.isInt())
6874     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
6875 
6876   if (result.isVector()) {
6877     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
6878     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
6879       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
6880       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
6881     }
6882     return R;
6883   }
6884 
6885   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
6886     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
6887     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
6888     return IntRange::join(R, I);
6889   }
6890 
6891   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
6892   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
6893   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
6894   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
6895   // preserved this.
6896   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
6897   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
6898 }
6899 
6900 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
6901   QualType Ty = E->getType();
6902   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
6903     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
6904   return Ty;
6905 }
6906 
6907 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
6908 /// range of values it might take.
6909 ///
6910 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
6911 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
6912   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6913 
6914   // Try a full evaluation first.
6915   Expr::EvalResult result;
6916   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
6917     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
6918 
6919   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
6920   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
6921   // being of the new, wider type.
6922   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
6923     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6924       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
6925 
6926     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
6927 
6928     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
6929                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
6930 
6931     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
6932     if (!isIntegerCast)
6933       return OutputTypeRange;
6934 
6935     IntRange SubRange
6936       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
6937                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
6938 
6939     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
6940     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
6941       return OutputTypeRange;
6942 
6943     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
6944     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
6945     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
6946                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
6947   }
6948 
6949   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6950     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
6951     bool CondResult;
6952     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
6953       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
6954                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
6955                           MaxWidth);
6956 
6957     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
6958     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
6959     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
6960     return IntRange::join(L, R);
6961   }
6962 
6963   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6964     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
6965 
6966     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
6967     case BO_LAnd:
6968     case BO_LOr:
6969     case BO_LT:
6970     case BO_GT:
6971     case BO_LE:
6972     case BO_GE:
6973     case BO_EQ:
6974     case BO_NE:
6975       return IntRange::forBoolType();
6976 
6977     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
6978     // is not necessarily the same type.
6979     case BO_MulAssign:
6980     case BO_DivAssign:
6981     case BO_RemAssign:
6982     case BO_AddAssign:
6983     case BO_SubAssign:
6984     case BO_XorAssign:
6985     case BO_OrAssign:
6986       // TODO: bitfields?
6987       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
6988 
6989     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
6990     // been coerced to the LHS type.
6991     case BO_Assign:
6992       // TODO: bitfields?
6993       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
6994 
6995     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
6996     case BO_PtrMemD:
6997     case BO_PtrMemI:
6998       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
6999 
7000     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
7001     case BO_And:
7002     case BO_AndAssign:
7003       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
7004                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
7005 
7006     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
7007     case BO_Shl:
7008       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
7009       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
7010       if (IntegerLiteral *I
7011             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7012         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
7013           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7014           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
7015         }
7016       }
7017       // fallthrough
7018 
7019     case BO_ShlAssign:
7020       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7021 
7022     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
7023     case BO_Shr:
7024     case BO_ShrAssign: {
7025       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7026 
7027       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
7028       // that much.
7029       llvm::APSInt shift;
7030       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
7031           shift.isNonNegative()) {
7032         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
7033         if (zext >= L.Width)
7034           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7035         else
7036           L.Width -= zext;
7037       }
7038 
7039       return L;
7040     }
7041 
7042     // Comma acts as its right operand.
7043     case BO_Comma:
7044       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7045 
7046     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
7047     case BO_Sub:
7048       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
7049         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7050       break;
7051 
7052     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
7053     // of the LHS.
7054     case BO_Div: {
7055       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
7056       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
7057       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
7058 
7059       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
7060       llvm::APSInt divisor;
7061       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
7062         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
7063         if (log2 >= L.Width)
7064           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7065         else
7066           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
7067         return L;
7068       }
7069 
7070       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
7071       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
7072       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7073     }
7074 
7075     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
7076     // either side.
7077     case BO_Rem: {
7078       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
7079       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
7080       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
7081       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
7082 
7083       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
7084       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
7085       return meet;
7086     }
7087 
7088     // The default behavior is okay for these.
7089     case BO_Mul:
7090     case BO_Add:
7091     case BO_Xor:
7092     case BO_Or:
7093       break;
7094     }
7095 
7096     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
7097     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
7098     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7099     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7100     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7101   }
7102 
7103   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
7104     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
7105     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
7106     case UO_LNot:
7107       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7108 
7109     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7110     case UO_Deref:
7111     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
7112       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7113 
7114     default:
7115       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7116     }
7117   }
7118 
7119   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
7120     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
7121 
7122   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
7123     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
7124                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7125 
7126   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7127 }
7128 
7129 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
7130   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
7131 }
7132 
7133 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
7134 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
7135 /// target semantics.
7136 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
7137                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
7138                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
7139   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
7140 
7141   bool ignored;
7142   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
7143   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
7144 
7145   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
7146 }
7147 
7148 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
7149 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
7150 /// target semantics.
7151 ///
7152 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
7153 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
7154                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
7155                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
7156   if (value.isFloat())
7157     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
7158 
7159   if (value.isVector()) {
7160     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
7161       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
7162         return false;
7163     return true;
7164   }
7165 
7166   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
7167   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
7168           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
7169 }
7170 
7171 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
7172 
7173 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
7174   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
7175   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
7176       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
7177     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7178       return false;
7179 
7180   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
7181   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
7182     return false;
7183 
7184   llvm::APSInt Value;
7185   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
7186 }
7187 
7188 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
7189   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
7190   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7191     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
7192         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
7193       break;
7194     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
7195   }
7196 
7197   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
7198 }
7199 
7200 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7201   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
7202   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7203     return;
7204 
7205   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
7206   if (E->isValueDependent())
7207     return;
7208 
7209   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
7210     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
7211       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
7212       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7213   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
7214     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
7215       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
7216       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7217   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
7218     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
7219       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
7220       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7221   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
7222     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
7223       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
7224       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
7225   }
7226 }
7227 
7228 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E,
7229                                   Expr *Constant, Expr *Other,
7230                                   llvm::APSInt Value,
7231                                   bool RhsConstant) {
7232   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
7233   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7234     return;
7235 
7236   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
7237   // on the bit ranges.
7238   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
7239   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
7240     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
7241   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
7242   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
7243 
7244   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
7245 
7246   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
7247   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
7248     return;
7249 
7250   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
7251   bool IsTrue = true;
7252 
7253   // Used for diagnostic printout.
7254   enum {
7255     LiteralConstant = 0,
7256     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
7257     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
7258   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
7259 
7260   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
7261     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
7262     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
7263 
7264     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
7265       return;
7266     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
7267            "comparison with non-integer type");
7268 
7269     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
7270     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
7271 
7272     bool EqualityOnly = false;
7273 
7274     if (CommonSigned) {
7275       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
7276       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
7277         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
7278         if (ConstantSigned) {
7279           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
7280             return;
7281         } else { // !ConstantSigned
7282           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
7283             return;
7284         }
7285       } else { // !OtherSigned
7286                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
7287         // Negative values are out of range.
7288         if (ConstantSigned) {
7289           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7290             return;
7291         } else { // !ConstantSigned
7292           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7293             return;
7294         }
7295       }
7296     } else { // !CommonSigned
7297       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
7298         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
7299           return;
7300       } else { // OtherSigned
7301         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
7302                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
7303         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
7304         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
7305           return;
7306         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
7307         // cast to CommonT.
7308         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
7309                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
7310             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
7311           return;
7312         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
7313         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
7314         // comparisons will be tautological.
7315         EqualityOnly = true;
7316       }
7317     }
7318 
7319     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
7320 
7321     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
7322       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
7323     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
7324       return;
7325     } else if (RhsConstant) {
7326       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
7327         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
7328       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
7329         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
7330     } else {
7331       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
7332         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
7333       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
7334         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
7335     }
7336   } else {
7337     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
7338     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
7339     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
7340     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
7341 
7342     static const struct LinkedConditions {
7343       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7344       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7345       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7346       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7347       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7348       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
7349 
7350     } TruthTable = {
7351         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
7352         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
7353         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
7354         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
7355         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
7356         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
7357         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
7358         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
7359       };
7360 
7361     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
7362 
7363     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
7364     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
7365       if (Value == 0) {
7366         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
7367             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
7368         ConstVal = Zero;
7369       } else if (Value == 1) {
7370         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
7371             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
7372         ConstVal = One;
7373       } else {
7374         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
7375         ConstVal = GT_One;
7376       }
7377     } else {
7378       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
7379     }
7380 
7381     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
7382 
7383     switch (op) {
7384     case BO_LT:
7385       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7386       break;
7387     case BO_GT:
7388       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7389       break;
7390     case BO_LE:
7391       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7392       break;
7393     case BO_GE:
7394       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7395       break;
7396     case BO_EQ:
7397       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7398       break;
7399     case BO_NE:
7400       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
7401       break;
7402     default:
7403       CmpRes = Unkwn;
7404       break;
7405     }
7406 
7407     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
7408       IsTrue = false;
7409     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
7410       IsTrue = true;
7411     } else {
7412       return;
7413     }
7414   }
7415 
7416   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
7417   // constant in the diagnostic.
7418   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
7419   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
7420     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
7421 
7422   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
7423   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
7424   if (ED)
7425     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
7426   else
7427     OS << Value;
7428 
7429   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7430     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
7431     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
7432         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
7433         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
7434         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
7435 }
7436 
7437 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
7438 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
7439 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7440   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7441   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7442 }
7443 
7444 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
7445 ///
7446 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
7447 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7448   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
7449   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
7450 
7451   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
7452   // the same type.
7453   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
7454     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7455 
7456   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
7457   if (E->isValueDependent())
7458     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7459 
7460   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7461   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7462 
7463   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
7464 
7465   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
7466   // of 'true' or 'false'.
7467   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
7468     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
7469     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
7470       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
7471     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
7472     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
7473       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
7474     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
7475         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
7476     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
7477       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
7478     else
7479       IsComparisonConstant =
7480         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
7481   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
7482       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
7483 
7484   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
7485   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
7486   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
7487   //
7488   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
7489   // whose result is a constant.
7490   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
7491     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7492 
7493   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
7494   // signedness.
7495   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
7496   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
7497     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
7498            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
7499     signedOperand = LHS;
7500     unsignedOperand = RHS;
7501   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
7502     signedOperand = RHS;
7503     unsignedOperand = LHS;
7504   } else {
7505     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
7506     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
7507   }
7508 
7509   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
7510   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
7511 
7512   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
7513   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
7514   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
7515   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
7516 
7517   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
7518   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
7519   // or false.
7520   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
7521     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
7522 
7523   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
7524   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
7525   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
7526   // change the result of the comparison.
7527   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
7528     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
7529     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
7530 
7531     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
7532     // non-negative.
7533     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
7534 
7535     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
7536       return;
7537   }
7538 
7539   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
7540     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
7541       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
7542       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
7543 }
7544 
7545 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
7546 ///
7547 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
7548 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
7549                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
7550   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
7551   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
7552     return false;
7553 
7554   // White-list bool bitfields.
7555   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
7556     return false;
7557 
7558   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
7559   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
7560       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
7561       Init->isValueDependent() ||
7562       Init->isTypeDependent())
7563     return false;
7564 
7565   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7566 
7567   llvm::APSInt Value;
7568   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
7569     return false;
7570 
7571   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
7572   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
7573 
7574   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
7575     return false;
7576 
7577   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
7578   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
7579   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
7580 
7581   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
7582   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
7583   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
7584     return false;
7585 
7586   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
7587   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
7588   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
7589     return false;
7590 
7591   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
7592   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
7593 
7594   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
7595     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
7596     << Init->getSourceRange();
7597 
7598   return true;
7599 }
7600 
7601 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
7602 /// operations.
7603 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
7604   // Just recurse on the LHS.
7605   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7606 
7607   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
7608   // a bitfield.
7609   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
7610     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
7611                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
7612       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
7613       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
7614                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
7615     }
7616   }
7617 
7618   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
7619 }
7620 
7621 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
7622 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
7623                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
7624                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
7625   if (pruneControlFlow) {
7626     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
7627                           S.PDiag(diag)
7628                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
7629                             << SourceRange(CContext));
7630     return;
7631   }
7632   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
7633     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
7634 }
7635 
7636 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
7637 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
7638                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
7639   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
7640 }
7641 
7642 
7643 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
7644 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
7645 
7646                              SourceLocation CContext) {
7647   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
7648   const bool PruneWarnings = !S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty();
7649 
7650   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7651   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
7652   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
7653     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
7654       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7655 
7656   const bool IsLiteral =
7657       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
7658 
7659   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
7660   bool IsConstant =
7661     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
7662   if (!IsConstant) {
7663     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7664                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7665   }
7666 
7667   bool isExact = false;
7668 
7669   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
7670                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
7671   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
7672                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
7673       isExact) {
7674     if (IsLiteral) return;
7675     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
7676                            PruneWarnings);
7677   }
7678 
7679   unsigned DiagID = 0;
7680   if (IsLiteral) {
7681     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
7682     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
7683   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
7684     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
7685       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7686                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7687     }
7688     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
7689     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
7690   } else {
7691     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
7692       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
7693         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7694                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7695       }
7696     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
7697       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
7698           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
7699         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
7700                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
7701       }
7702     }
7703     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
7704     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
7705   }
7706 
7707   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
7708   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
7709   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
7710   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
7711   // tricky to implement.
7712   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
7713   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
7714   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
7715   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
7716 
7717   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
7718   if (IsBool)
7719     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
7720   else
7721     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
7722 
7723   if (PruneWarnings) {
7724     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
7725                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
7726                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
7727                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
7728                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
7729   } else {
7730     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
7731         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
7732         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
7733   }
7734 }
7735 
7736 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
7737   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
7738 
7739   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
7740   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
7741   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
7742   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
7743 }
7744 
7745 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
7746   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
7747     return false;
7748 
7749   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7750   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
7751   const Type *Source =
7752     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
7753   if (Target->isDependentType())
7754     return false;
7755 
7756   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
7757     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
7758   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
7759 
7760   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
7761           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
7762 }
7763 
7764 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
7765                                       SourceLocation CC) {
7766   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
7767   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
7768     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
7769     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
7770       continue;
7771 
7772     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
7773         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
7774     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
7775         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
7776     if (IsSwapped) {
7777       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
7778       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
7779                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
7780                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
7781     }
7782   }
7783 }
7784 
7785 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
7786   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
7787                         E->getExprLoc()))
7788     return;
7789 
7790   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
7791   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
7792     return;
7793 
7794   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
7795   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
7796       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
7797   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
7798     return;
7799 
7800   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
7801   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
7802       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
7803     return;
7804 
7805   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
7806 
7807   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
7808   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
7809   // passed in.
7810   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
7811     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
7812 
7813   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
7814     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
7815 
7816   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
7817   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
7818     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
7819         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
7820     if (MacroName == "NULL")
7821       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
7822   }
7823 
7824   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
7825   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
7826     return;
7827 
7828   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
7829       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
7830       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
7831                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
7832 }
7833 
7834 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
7835                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
7836 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
7837                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
7838 
7839 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
7840 /// target element type.
7841 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
7842                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
7843   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
7844   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
7845     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
7846         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
7847       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
7848   }
7849 
7850   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
7851   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
7852   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
7853       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
7854                                          ElementResult,
7855                                          false, false)
7856         != Sema::Compatible) {
7857     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
7858            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
7859       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
7860       << Element->getSourceRange();
7861   }
7862 
7863   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
7864     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
7865   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
7866     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
7867 }
7868 
7869 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
7870 /// target type.
7871 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
7872                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
7873   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
7874     return;
7875 
7876   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7877   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
7878     return;
7879 
7880   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
7881       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
7882         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
7883     return;
7884 
7885   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
7886   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
7887     return;
7888 
7889   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
7890   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
7891     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
7892                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
7893                                       0);
7894   }
7895 }
7896 
7897 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
7898 /// target type.
7899 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
7900                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
7901   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
7902     return;
7903 
7904   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7905   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
7906     return;
7907 
7908   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
7909       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
7910         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
7911     return;
7912 
7913   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
7914   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
7915     return;
7916 
7917   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
7918   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
7919   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
7920     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
7921     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
7922     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
7923   }
7924 }
7925 
7926 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
7927 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
7928 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
7929                                    SourceLocation CC) {
7930   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
7931   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
7932   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
7933   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
7934     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
7935         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
7936     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
7937       return false;
7938   }
7939 
7940   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
7941   // assume it is an array initialization.
7942   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
7943     const char FirstContextCharacter =
7944         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
7945     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
7946       return false;
7947   }
7948 
7949   return true;
7950 }
7951 
7952 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
7953                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
7954   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
7955 
7956   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
7957   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
7958   if (Source == Target) return;
7959   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
7960 
7961   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
7962   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
7963   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
7964   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
7965   // scenario, we just return.
7966   if (CC.isInvalid())
7967     return;
7968 
7969   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
7970   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
7971     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
7972       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
7973       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
7974       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
7975       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
7976                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
7977     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
7978         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
7979       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
7980       // objects.
7981       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
7982                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
7983     }
7984     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
7985       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
7986       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
7987                                      SourceRange(CC));
7988     }
7989   }
7990 
7991   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
7992   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
7993   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
7994     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
7995   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
7996     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
7997 
7998   // Strip vector types.
7999   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
8000     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
8001       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8002         return;
8003       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
8004     }
8005 
8006     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
8007     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
8008     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
8009       return;
8010 
8011     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8012     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8013   }
8014   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
8015     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8016 
8017   // Strip complex types.
8018   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
8019     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
8020       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8021         return;
8022 
8023       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
8024     }
8025 
8026     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8027     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8028   }
8029 
8030   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
8031   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
8032 
8033   // If the source is floating point...
8034   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8035     // ...and the target is floating point...
8036     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8037       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
8038 
8039       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
8040       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
8041         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
8042         // representable in the target type.
8043         Expr::EvalResult result;
8044         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
8045           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
8046           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
8047                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
8048                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
8049             return;
8050         }
8051 
8052         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8053           return;
8054 
8055         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
8056       }
8057       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
8058       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
8059         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8060           return;
8061 
8062         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
8063       }
8064       return;
8065     }
8066 
8067     // If the target is integral, always warn.
8068     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
8069       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8070         return;
8071 
8072       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
8073     }
8074 
8075     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
8076     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
8077     // discover this typo:
8078     //
8079     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
8080     //
8081     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
8082     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
8083     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
8084       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
8085       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
8086       // is being cast to.
8087       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
8088       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
8089         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
8090         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8091         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
8092             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
8093           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
8094           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8095                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8096         }
8097       }
8098     }
8099     return;
8100   }
8101 
8102   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
8103 
8104   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
8105     return;
8106 
8107   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
8108   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
8109   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
8110     return;
8111 
8112   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
8113   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
8114 
8115   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
8116     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
8117     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
8118     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
8119     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
8120       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8121         return;
8122 
8123       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
8124       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
8125 
8126       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8127         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
8128             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8129             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
8130             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
8131       return;
8132     }
8133 
8134     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
8135     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8136       return;
8137 
8138     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
8139       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
8140                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
8141     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
8142   }
8143 
8144   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
8145       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
8146     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
8147     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
8148     // cause a negative value to be stored.
8149 
8150     llvm::APSInt Value;
8151     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
8152         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
8153       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
8154         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
8155         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
8156 
8157         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8158             E->getExprLoc(), E,
8159             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
8160                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
8161                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
8162         return;
8163       }
8164     }
8165 
8166     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
8167   }
8168 
8169   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
8170       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
8171        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
8172     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8173       return;
8174 
8175     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
8176 
8177     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
8178     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
8179     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
8180     // in the sign-compare group.
8181     // The conditional-checking code will
8182     if (ICContext) {
8183       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
8184       *ICContext = true;
8185     }
8186 
8187     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
8188   }
8189 
8190   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
8191   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
8192   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
8193   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
8194   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8195     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
8196       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
8197         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8198         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
8199         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
8200       }
8201   }
8202 
8203   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
8204     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
8205       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
8206           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
8207           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
8208         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8209           return;
8210 
8211         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
8212                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
8213       }
8214 }
8215 
8216 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
8217                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
8218 
8219 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8220                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
8221   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8222 
8223   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
8224     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
8225 
8226   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
8227   if (E->getType() != T)
8228     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
8229 }
8230 
8231 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
8232                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
8233   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
8234 
8235   bool Suspicious = false;
8236   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
8237   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
8238 
8239   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
8240   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
8241   if (!Suspicious) return;
8242 
8243   // ...but it's currently ignored...
8244   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
8245     return;
8246 
8247   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
8248   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
8249   if (E->getType() == T) return;
8250 
8251   Suspicious = false;
8252   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8253                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
8254   if (!Suspicious)
8255     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8256                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
8257 }
8258 
8259 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
8260 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
8261 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8262   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
8263     return;
8264   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
8265 }
8266 
8267 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
8268 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
8269 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
8270 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
8271   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
8272   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8273 
8274   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
8275     return;
8276 
8277   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
8278   // were being fed directly into the output.
8279   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8280     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
8281     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
8282     return;
8283   }
8284 
8285   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
8286   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
8287     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
8288 
8289   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
8290   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
8291   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
8292   if (E->getType() != T)
8293     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
8294 
8295   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
8296 
8297   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
8298     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
8299     // as transitive children.
8300     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
8301     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
8302       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
8303         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
8304   }
8305 
8306   // Skip past explicit casts.
8307   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8308     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8309     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
8310   }
8311 
8312   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8313     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
8314     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
8315       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
8316 
8317     // And with simple assignments.
8318     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
8319       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
8320   }
8321 
8322   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
8323   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
8324   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
8325   // built into statements.
8326   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
8327 
8328   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
8329   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
8330 
8331   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
8332   CC = E->getExprLoc();
8333   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
8334   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
8335   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
8336     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
8337     if (!ChildExpr)
8338       continue;
8339 
8340     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
8341         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8342       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
8343       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
8344       continue;
8345     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
8346   }
8347 
8348   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
8349     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8350     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
8351       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
8352 
8353     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8354     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
8355       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
8356   }
8357 
8358   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
8359     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
8360       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
8361 }
8362 
8363 } // end anonymous namespace
8364 
8365 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
8366 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
8367 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
8368                               PartialDiagnostic PD) {
8369   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8370 
8371   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
8372 
8373   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8374     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
8375       return false;
8376   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8377     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
8378       return false;
8379   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
8380     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
8381       return false;
8382     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
8383   } else {
8384     return false;
8385   }
8386 
8387   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
8388 
8389   // If possible, point to location of function.
8390   if (FD) {
8391     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
8392   }
8393 
8394   return true;
8395 }
8396 
8397 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
8398 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
8399 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
8400 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
8401   if (Loc.isInvalid())
8402     return false;
8403 
8404   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
8405     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
8406       return true;
8407     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8408   }
8409 
8410   return false;
8411 }
8412 
8413 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
8414 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
8415 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
8416 /// compared to a null pointer
8417 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
8418 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
8419 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8420                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
8421                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
8422   if (!E)
8423     return;
8424 
8425   // Don't warn inside macros.
8426   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
8427     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
8428     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
8429         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
8430       return;
8431   }
8432   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
8433 
8434   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
8435 
8436   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
8437     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
8438                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
8439     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
8440     return;
8441   }
8442 
8443   bool IsAddressOf = false;
8444 
8445   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8446     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
8447       return;
8448     IsAddressOf = true;
8449     E = UO->getSubExpr();
8450   }
8451 
8452   if (IsAddressOf) {
8453     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
8454                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
8455                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
8456     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
8457                                          << IsEqual;
8458     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
8459       return;
8460     }
8461   }
8462 
8463   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](bool IsParam) {
8464     std::string Str;
8465     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
8466     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
8467     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
8468                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
8469     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
8470       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
8471   };
8472 
8473   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
8474   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8475     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
8476       if (Callee->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
8477         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(false);
8478         return;
8479       }
8480     }
8481   }
8482 
8483   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
8484   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
8485   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8486     D = R->getDecl();
8487   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8488     D = M->getMemberDecl();
8489   }
8490 
8491   // Weak Decls can be null.
8492   if (!D || D->isWeak())
8493     return;
8494 
8495   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
8496   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
8497     if (getCurFunction() &&
8498         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
8499       if (PV->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
8500         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(true);
8501         return;
8502       }
8503 
8504       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
8505         auto ParamIter = std::find(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), PV);
8506         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
8507         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
8508 
8509         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
8510           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
8511               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(true);
8512               return;
8513           }
8514 
8515           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
8516             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
8517               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(true);
8518               return;
8519             }
8520           }
8521         }
8522       }
8523     }
8524   }
8525 
8526   QualType T = D->getType();
8527   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
8528   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
8529 
8530   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
8531   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
8532     return;
8533   }
8534 
8535   // Found nothing.
8536   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
8537     return;
8538 
8539   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
8540   std::string Str;
8541   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
8542   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
8543 
8544   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
8545                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
8546   enum {
8547     AddressOf,
8548     FunctionPointer,
8549     ArrayPointer
8550   } DiagType;
8551   if (IsAddressOf)
8552     DiagType = AddressOf;
8553   else if (IsFunction)
8554     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
8555   else if (IsArray)
8556     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
8557   else
8558     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
8559   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
8560                                 << Range << IsEqual;
8561 
8562   if (!IsFunction)
8563     return;
8564 
8565   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
8566   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
8567       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
8568 
8569   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
8570   QualType ReturnType;
8571   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
8572   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
8573   if (ReturnType.isNull())
8574     return;
8575 
8576   if (IsCompare) {
8577     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
8578     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
8579     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
8580     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
8581       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
8582           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
8583         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
8584           return;
8585       } else {
8586         return;
8587       }
8588     }
8589   } else { // !IsCompare
8590     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
8591     // return type.
8592     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
8593       return;
8594   }
8595   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
8596       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
8597 }
8598 
8599 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
8600 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
8601 /// and -Wsign-compare.
8602 ///
8603 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
8604 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
8605 ///   conversion
8606 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8607   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
8608   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
8609     return;
8610 
8611   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
8612   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
8613     return;
8614 
8615   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
8616   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
8617   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
8618   CheckArrayAccess(E);
8619 
8620   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
8621   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
8622 }
8623 
8624 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
8625 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
8626 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
8627   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
8628 }
8629 
8630 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
8631 /// results in integer overflow
8632 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
8633   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
8634   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
8635 
8636   do {
8637     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
8638 
8639     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
8640       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
8641       continue;
8642     }
8643 
8644     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
8645       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
8646   } while (!Exprs.empty());
8647 }
8648 
8649 namespace {
8650 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
8651 /// same object.
8652 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
8653   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
8654 
8655   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
8656   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
8657   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
8658   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
8659   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
8660   class SequenceTree {
8661     struct Value {
8662       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
8663       unsigned Parent : 31;
8664       bool Merged : 1;
8665     };
8666     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
8667 
8668   public:
8669     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
8670     /// to some other region.
8671     class Seq {
8672       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
8673       unsigned Index;
8674       friend class SequenceTree;
8675     public:
8676       Seq() : Index(0) {}
8677     };
8678 
8679     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
8680     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
8681 
8682     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
8683     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
8684     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
8685     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
8686       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
8687       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
8688     }
8689 
8690     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
8691     void merge(Seq S) {
8692       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
8693     }
8694 
8695     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
8696     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
8697     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
8698     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
8699       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
8700       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
8701       while (C >= Target) {
8702         if (C == Target)
8703           return true;
8704         C = Values[C].Parent;
8705       }
8706       return false;
8707     }
8708 
8709   private:
8710     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
8711     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
8712       if (Values[K].Merged)
8713         // Perform path compression as we go.
8714         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
8715       return K;
8716     }
8717   };
8718 
8719   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
8720   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
8721 
8722   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
8723   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
8724   enum UsageKind {
8725     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
8726     UK_Use,
8727     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
8728     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
8729     UK_ModAsValue,
8730     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
8731     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
8732     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
8733 
8734     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
8735   };
8736 
8737   struct Usage {
8738     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
8739     Expr *Use;
8740     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
8741   };
8742 
8743   struct UsageInfo {
8744     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
8745     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
8746     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
8747     bool Diagnosed;
8748   };
8749   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
8750 
8751   Sema &SemaRef;
8752   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
8753   SequenceTree Tree;
8754   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
8755   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
8756   /// The region we are currently within.
8757   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
8758   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
8759   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
8760   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
8761   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
8762   /// stack usage.
8763   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
8764 
8765   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
8766   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
8767   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
8768   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
8769   /// UK_ModAsValue.
8770   struct SequencedSubexpression {
8771     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
8772       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
8773       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
8774     }
8775     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
8776       for (auto MI = ModAsSideEffect.rbegin(), ME = ModAsSideEffect.rend();
8777            MI != ME; ++MI) {
8778         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[MI->first];
8779         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
8780         Self.addUsage(U, MI->first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
8781         SideEffectUsage = MI->second;
8782       }
8783       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
8784     }
8785 
8786     SequenceChecker &Self;
8787     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
8788     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
8789   };
8790 
8791   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
8792   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
8793   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
8794   /// the outer expression.
8795   class EvaluationTracker {
8796   public:
8797     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
8798         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
8799       Self.EvalTracker = this;
8800     }
8801     ~EvaluationTracker() {
8802       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
8803       if (Prev)
8804         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
8805     }
8806 
8807     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
8808       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
8809         return false;
8810       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
8811       return EvalOK;
8812     }
8813 
8814   private:
8815     SequenceChecker &Self;
8816     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
8817     bool EvalOK;
8818   } *EvalTracker;
8819 
8820   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
8821   /// if any.
8822   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
8823     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
8824     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8825       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
8826         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
8827     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8828       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
8829         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
8830       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
8831         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
8832     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8833       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
8834       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
8835         return ME->getMemberDecl();
8836     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
8837       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
8838       return DRE->getDecl();
8839     return nullptr;
8840   }
8841 
8842   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
8843   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
8844     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
8845     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
8846       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
8847         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
8848       U.Use = Ref;
8849       U.Seq = Region;
8850     }
8851   }
8852   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
8853   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
8854                   bool IsModMod) {
8855     if (UI.Diagnosed)
8856       return;
8857 
8858     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
8859     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
8860       return;
8861 
8862     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
8863     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
8864     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
8865       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
8866 
8867     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
8868                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
8869                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
8870       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
8871     UI.Diagnosed = true;
8872   }
8873 
8874   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
8875     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
8876     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
8877     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
8878   }
8879   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
8880     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
8881     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
8882     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
8883   }
8884 
8885   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
8886     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
8887     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
8888     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
8889     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
8890   }
8891   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
8892     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
8893     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
8894     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
8895   }
8896 
8897 public:
8898   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
8899       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
8900         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
8901     Visit(E);
8902   }
8903 
8904   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
8905     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
8906   }
8907 
8908   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
8909     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
8910     Base::VisitStmt(E);
8911   }
8912 
8913   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
8914     Object O = Object();
8915     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8916       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
8917 
8918     if (O)
8919       notePreUse(O, E);
8920     VisitExpr(E);
8921     if (O)
8922       notePostUse(O, E);
8923   }
8924 
8925   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
8926     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
8927     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
8928     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
8929     //   effect associated with the right expression.
8930     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
8931     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
8932     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
8933 
8934     {
8935       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
8936       Region = LHS;
8937       Visit(BO->getLHS());
8938     }
8939 
8940     Region = RHS;
8941     Visit(BO->getRHS());
8942 
8943     Region = OldRegion;
8944 
8945     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
8946     // with respect to other stuff.
8947     Tree.merge(LHS);
8948     Tree.merge(RHS);
8949   }
8950 
8951   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
8952     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
8953     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
8954     // map afterwards.
8955     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
8956     if (!O)
8957       return VisitExpr(BO);
8958 
8959     notePreMod(O, BO);
8960 
8961     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
8962     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
8963     //   only once.
8964     //
8965     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
8966     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
8967     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
8968       notePreUse(O, BO);
8969 
8970     Visit(BO->getLHS());
8971 
8972     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
8973       notePostUse(O, BO);
8974 
8975     Visit(BO->getRHS());
8976 
8977     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
8978     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
8979     //   assignment expression.
8980     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
8981     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
8982                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
8983   }
8984 
8985   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
8986     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
8987   }
8988 
8989   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
8990   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
8991   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
8992     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
8993     if (!O)
8994       return VisitExpr(UO);
8995 
8996     notePreMod(O, UO);
8997     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
8998     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
8999     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
9000     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9001                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9002   }
9003 
9004   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9005   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9006   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9007     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9008     if (!O)
9009       return VisitExpr(UO);
9010 
9011     notePreMod(O, UO);
9012     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9013     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9014   }
9015 
9016   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
9017   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9018     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
9019     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
9020     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
9021     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
9022     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9023     {
9024       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9025       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9026     }
9027 
9028     bool Result;
9029     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
9030       if (!Result)
9031         Visit(BO->getRHS());
9032     } else {
9033       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
9034       // entirely separate evaluation.
9035       //
9036       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
9037       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
9038       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
9039       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
9040     }
9041   }
9042   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9043     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9044     {
9045       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9046       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9047     }
9048 
9049     bool Result;
9050     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
9051       if (Result)
9052         Visit(BO->getRHS());
9053     } else {
9054       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
9055     }
9056   }
9057 
9058   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
9059   // be chosen.
9060   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
9061     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
9062     {
9063       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9064       Visit(CO->getCond());
9065     }
9066 
9067     bool Result;
9068     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
9069       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
9070     else {
9071       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
9072       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
9073     }
9074   }
9075 
9076   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
9077     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
9078     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
9079     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
9080     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
9081     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
9082     //   the value computation of its result].
9083     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9084     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
9085 
9086     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
9087   }
9088 
9089   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
9090     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
9091     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
9092 
9093     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
9094       return VisitExpr(CCE);
9095 
9096     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
9097     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
9098     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
9099     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
9100                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
9101          I != E; ++I) {
9102       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
9103       Elts.push_back(Region);
9104       Visit(*I);
9105     }
9106 
9107     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
9108     Region = Parent;
9109     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
9110       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
9111   }
9112 
9113   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
9114     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9115       return VisitExpr(ILE);
9116 
9117     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
9118     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
9119     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
9120     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
9121       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
9122       if (!E) continue;
9123       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
9124       Elts.push_back(Region);
9125       Visit(E);
9126     }
9127 
9128     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
9129     Region = Parent;
9130     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
9131       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
9132   }
9133 };
9134 } // end anonymous namespace
9135 
9136 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
9137   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
9138   WorkList.push_back(E);
9139   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
9140     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
9141     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
9142   }
9143 }
9144 
9145 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
9146                               bool IsConstexpr) {
9147   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
9148   CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
9149   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
9150     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
9151 }
9152 
9153 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
9154                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
9155                                        Expr *Init) {
9156   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
9157 }
9158 
9159 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
9160                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
9161   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
9162     return;
9163   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
9164     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
9165     return;
9166   }
9167   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
9168     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
9169     return;
9170   }
9171   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
9172     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
9173     return;
9174   }
9175 
9176   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
9177   if (!AT)
9178     return;
9179 
9180   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
9181     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
9182     return;
9183   }
9184 
9185   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
9186 }
9187 
9188 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
9189 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
9190 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
9191 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
9192 /// parameters are complete.
9193 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *P,
9194                                     ParmVarDecl *const *PEnd,
9195                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
9196   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
9197   for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
9198     ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
9199 
9200     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
9201     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
9202     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
9203     //
9204     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
9205     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
9206         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
9207                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9208       Param->setInvalidDecl();
9209       HasInvalidParm = true;
9210     }
9211 
9212     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
9213     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
9214     if (CheckParameterNames &&
9215         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
9216         !Param->isImplicit() &&
9217         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9218       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
9219 
9220     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
9221     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
9222     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
9223     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
9224     //   variable length array types.
9225     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
9226     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
9227     // information is added for it.
9228     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
9229 
9230     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
9231     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
9232     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
9233     // on the dtor.
9234     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
9235                                        .getCXXABI()
9236                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
9237       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
9238         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9239           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9240           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9241               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
9242               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
9243             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
9244             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
9245             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
9246           }
9247         }
9248       }
9249     }
9250 
9251     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
9252     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
9253     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
9254     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
9255     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
9256       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
9257         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
9258             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
9259   }
9260 
9261   return HasInvalidParm;
9262 }
9263 
9264 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
9265 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
9266 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
9267   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
9268   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
9269   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
9270     return;
9271 
9272   // Ignore dependent types.
9273   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
9274     return;
9275 
9276   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
9277   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
9278   if (!DestPtr) return;
9279 
9280   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
9281   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
9282   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
9283   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
9284   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
9285 
9286   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
9287   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
9288   if (!SrcPtr) return;
9289   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
9290 
9291   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
9292   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
9293   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
9294   // includes 'void'.
9295   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
9296 
9297   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
9298   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
9299 
9300   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
9301     << Op->getType() << T
9302     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
9303     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
9304     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
9305 }
9306 
9307 static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
9308   const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
9309   if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
9310     return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
9311   else if (EltType->isArrayType())
9312     return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
9313   return EltType;
9314 }
9315 
9316 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
9317 /// array member of a struct.
9318 ///
9319 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
9320 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
9321 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
9322                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
9323   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
9324 
9325   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
9326   if (!FD) return false;
9327 
9328   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
9329   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
9330 
9331   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
9332   while (TInfo) {
9333     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
9334     // Look through typedefs.
9335     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
9336       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
9337       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
9338       continue;
9339     }
9340     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
9341       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
9342       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
9343         return false;
9344     }
9345     break;
9346   }
9347 
9348   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
9349   if (!RD) return false;
9350   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
9351   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
9352     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
9353   }
9354 
9355   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
9356   const Decl *D = FD;
9357   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
9358     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
9359       return false;
9360   return true;
9361 }
9362 
9363 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
9364                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
9365                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
9366   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9367   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
9368     return;
9369 
9370   const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
9371   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
9372   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
9373     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
9374   if (!ArrayTy)
9375     return;
9376 
9377   llvm::APSInt index;
9378   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
9379     return;
9380   if (IndexNegated)
9381     index = -index;
9382 
9383   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
9384   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
9385     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9386   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
9387     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9388 
9389   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
9390     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
9391     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
9392       return;
9393 
9394     const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
9395     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
9396       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
9397       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
9398       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
9399       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
9400       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
9401       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
9402         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
9403         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
9404         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
9405         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
9406         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
9407           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
9408       }
9409     }
9410 
9411     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
9412       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
9413     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
9414       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
9415 
9416     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
9417     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
9418     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
9419     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
9420     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
9421       return;
9422 
9423     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
9424     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
9425     // code.
9426     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
9427       return;
9428 
9429     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
9430     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
9431     // within a system header.
9432     if (ASE) {
9433       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
9434           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
9435       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
9436         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
9437             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
9438         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
9439           return;
9440       }
9441     }
9442 
9443     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
9444     if (ASE)
9445       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
9446 
9447     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
9448                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
9449                           << size.toString(10, true)
9450                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
9451                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
9452   } else {
9453     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
9454     if (!ASE) {
9455       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
9456       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
9457     }
9458 
9459     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
9460                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
9461                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
9462   }
9463 
9464   if (!ND) {
9465     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
9466     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
9467            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
9468       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
9469     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
9470       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9471     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
9472       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9473   }
9474 
9475   if (ND)
9476     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
9477                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
9478                           << ND->getDeclName());
9479 }
9480 
9481 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
9482   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
9483   while (expr) {
9484     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9485     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
9486       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
9487         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
9488         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
9489                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
9490         return;
9491       }
9492       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
9493         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
9494         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
9495           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
9496                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
9497         return;
9498       }
9499       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
9500         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
9501         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
9502         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
9503         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
9504           case UO_AddrOf:
9505             AllowOnePastEnd++;
9506             break;
9507           case UO_Deref:
9508             AllowOnePastEnd--;
9509             break;
9510           default:
9511             return;
9512         }
9513         break;
9514       }
9515       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
9516         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
9517         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
9518           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
9519         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
9520           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
9521         return;
9522       }
9523       default:
9524         return;
9525     }
9526   }
9527 }
9528 
9529 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
9530 
9531 namespace {
9532   struct RetainCycleOwner {
9533     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
9534     VarDecl *Variable;
9535     SourceRange Range;
9536     SourceLocation Loc;
9537     bool Indirect;
9538 
9539     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
9540       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
9541       Range = e->getSourceRange();
9542     }
9543   };
9544 } // end anonymous namespace
9545 
9546 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
9547 /// a retain cycle.
9548 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9549   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
9550   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
9551   // __block and has an appropriate type.
9552   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
9553     return false;
9554 
9555   owner.Variable = var;
9556   if (ref)
9557     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
9558   return true;
9559 }
9560 
9561 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9562   while (true) {
9563     e = e->IgnoreParens();
9564     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
9565       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
9566       case CK_BitCast:
9567       case CK_LValueBitCast:
9568       case CK_LValueToRValue:
9569       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
9570         e = cast->getSubExpr();
9571         continue;
9572 
9573       default:
9574         return false;
9575       }
9576     }
9577 
9578     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
9579       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
9580       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
9581         return false;
9582 
9583       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
9584       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
9585         return false;
9586 
9587       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
9588       owner.Indirect = true;
9589       return true;
9590     }
9591 
9592     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
9593       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
9594       if (!var) return false;
9595       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
9596     }
9597 
9598     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
9599       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
9600 
9601       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
9602       e = member->getBase();
9603       continue;
9604     }
9605 
9606     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
9607       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
9608       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
9609         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
9610                                               ->IgnoreParens());
9611       if (!pre) return false;
9612       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
9613       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
9614       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
9615           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
9616             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
9617               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
9618           return false;
9619 
9620       owner.Indirect = true;
9621       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
9622         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
9623         if (!owner.Variable)
9624           return false;
9625         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
9626         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
9627         return true;
9628       }
9629       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
9630                               ->getSourceExpr());
9631       continue;
9632     }
9633 
9634     // Array ivars?
9635 
9636     return false;
9637   }
9638 }
9639 
9640 namespace {
9641   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
9642     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
9643       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
9644         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
9645         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
9646     ASTContext &Context;
9647     VarDecl *Variable;
9648     Expr *Capturer;
9649     bool VarWillBeReased;
9650 
9651     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
9652       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
9653         Capturer = ref;
9654     }
9655 
9656     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
9657       if (Capturer) return;
9658       Visit(ref->getBase());
9659       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
9660         Capturer = ref;
9661     }
9662 
9663     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
9664       // Look inside nested blocks
9665       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
9666         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
9667     }
9668 
9669     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
9670       if (Capturer) return;
9671       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
9672         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9673     }
9674     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
9675       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
9676         return;
9677       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
9678       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
9679         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
9680           return;
9681         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
9682           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
9683           llvm::APSInt Value;
9684           VarWillBeReased =
9685             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
9686         }
9687       }
9688     }
9689   };
9690 } // end anonymous namespace
9691 
9692 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
9693 /// variable.
9694 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9695   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
9696 
9697   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
9698 
9699   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
9700   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
9701     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
9702     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
9703       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
9704       if (!e)
9705         return nullptr;
9706       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
9707     }
9708   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
9709     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9710       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
9711       if (Fn) {
9712         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
9713         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
9714           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
9715         }
9716       }
9717     }
9718   }
9719 
9720   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
9721   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
9722     return nullptr;
9723 
9724   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
9725   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
9726   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
9727 }
9728 
9729 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
9730                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
9731   assert(capturer);
9732   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
9733 
9734   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
9735     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
9736   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
9737     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
9738 }
9739 
9740 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
9741 /// 'set'.
9742 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
9743   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
9744 
9745   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
9746   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
9747   if (str.startswith("set"))
9748     str = str.substr(3);
9749   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
9750     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
9751     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
9752       return false;
9753     str = str.substr(3);
9754   }
9755   else
9756     return false;
9757 
9758   if (str.empty()) return true;
9759   return !isLowercase(str.front());
9760 }
9761 
9762 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
9763                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
9764   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
9765                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
9766                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
9767   if (!IsMutableArray) {
9768     return None;
9769   }
9770 
9771   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
9772 
9773   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
9774     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
9775   if (!MKOpt) {
9776     return None;
9777   }
9778 
9779   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
9780 
9781   switch (MK) {
9782     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
9783     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
9784     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
9785       return 0;
9786     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
9787       return 1;
9788 
9789     default:
9790       return None;
9791   }
9792 
9793   return None;
9794 }
9795 
9796 static
9797 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
9798                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
9799   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
9800                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
9801                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
9802   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
9803     return None;
9804   }
9805 
9806   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
9807 
9808   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
9809     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
9810   if (!MKOpt) {
9811     return None;
9812   }
9813 
9814   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
9815 
9816   switch (MK) {
9817     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
9818     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
9819     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
9820       return 0;
9821 
9822     default:
9823       return None;
9824   }
9825 
9826   return None;
9827 }
9828 
9829 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
9830   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
9831                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
9832                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
9833 
9834   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
9835                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
9836                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
9837   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
9838     return None;
9839   }
9840 
9841   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
9842 
9843   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
9844   if (!MKOpt) {
9845     return None;
9846   }
9847 
9848   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
9849 
9850   switch (MK) {
9851     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
9852     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
9853     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
9854     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
9855       return 0;
9856     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
9857       return 1;
9858   }
9859 
9860   return None;
9861 }
9862 
9863 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
9864   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
9865     return;
9866   }
9867 
9868   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
9869 
9870   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
9871       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
9872       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
9873     return;
9874   }
9875 
9876   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
9877 
9878   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
9879   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
9880     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9881   }
9882 
9883   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
9884     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
9885       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
9886         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
9887              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
9888           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
9889       }
9890     }
9891   } else {
9892     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9893 
9894     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
9895       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9896     }
9897 
9898     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
9899       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
9900         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
9901           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
9902           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
9903                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
9904             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
9905           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
9906             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
9907                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
9908               << Decl->getName();
9909           }
9910         }
9911       }
9912     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
9913       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
9914         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
9915           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
9916           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
9917                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
9918             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
9919           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
9920                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
9921             << Decl->getName();
9922         }
9923       }
9924     }
9925   }
9926 }
9927 
9928 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
9929 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
9930   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
9931   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
9932     return;
9933 
9934   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
9935   RetainCycleOwner owner;
9936   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
9937     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
9938       return;
9939   } else {
9940     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
9941     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
9942     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
9943     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
9944   }
9945 
9946   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
9947   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
9948     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
9949       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
9950 }
9951 
9952 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
9953 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
9954   RetainCycleOwner owner;
9955   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
9956     return;
9957 
9958   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
9959     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
9960 }
9961 
9962 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
9963   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
9964   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
9965     return;
9966 
9967   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
9968   // location explicitly here.
9969   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
9970   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
9971 
9972   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
9973     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
9974 }
9975 
9976 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9977                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
9978   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
9979   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
9980   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
9981   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9982 
9983   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
9984   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
9985   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
9986   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
9987     return false;
9988 
9989   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
9990     << (unsigned) Kind
9991     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
9992     << RHS->getSourceRange();
9993 
9994   return true;
9995 }
9996 
9997 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9998                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
9999                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10000   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
10001   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10002     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10003       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
10004         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10005         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10006         << RHS->getSourceRange();
10007       return true;
10008     }
10009     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10010   }
10011 
10012   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
10013       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
10014     return true;
10015 
10016   return false;
10017 }
10018 
10019 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10020                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10021   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
10022 
10023   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10024     return false;
10025 
10026   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
10027     return true;
10028 
10029   return false;
10030 }
10031 
10032 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10033                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10034   QualType LHSType;
10035   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
10036   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
10037   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
10038     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
10039   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
10040     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
10041     if (PD)
10042       LHSType = PD->getType();
10043   }
10044 
10045   if (LHSType.isNull())
10046     LHSType = LHS->getType();
10047 
10048   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
10049 
10050   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
10051     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
10052       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
10053   }
10054 
10055   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
10056     return;
10057 
10058   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
10059   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
10060     return;
10061 
10062   if (PRE) {
10063     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
10064       return;
10065     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
10066     if (!PD)
10067       return;
10068 
10069     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
10070     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
10071       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
10072       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
10073       // for lifetime info.
10074       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
10075       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
10076           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
10077         return;
10078 
10079       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10080         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10081           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
10082           << RHS->getSourceRange();
10083           return;
10084         }
10085         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10086       }
10087     }
10088     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
10089       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
10090         return;
10091     }
10092   }
10093 }
10094 
10095 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
10096 
10097 namespace {
10098 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
10099                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
10100                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
10101   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
10102   //
10103   // #define CALL(x)
10104   // if (condition)
10105   //   CALL(0);
10106   //
10107   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
10108     return false;
10109 
10110   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
10111   bool StmtLineInvalid;
10112   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
10113                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
10114   if (StmtLineInvalid)
10115     return false;
10116 
10117   bool BodyLineInvalid;
10118   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
10119                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
10120   if (BodyLineInvalid)
10121     return false;
10122 
10123   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
10124   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
10125     return false;
10126 
10127   return true;
10128 }
10129 } // end anonymous namespace
10130 
10131 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
10132                                  const Stmt *Body,
10133                                  unsigned DiagID) {
10134   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
10135   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
10136   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
10137     return;
10138 
10139   // The body should be a null statement.
10140   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
10141   if (!NBody)
10142     return;
10143 
10144   // Do the usual checks.
10145   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
10146     return;
10147 
10148   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
10149   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
10150 }
10151 
10152 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
10153                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
10154   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
10155 
10156   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
10157   const Stmt *Body;
10158   unsigned DiagID;
10159   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
10160     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
10161     Body = FS->getBody();
10162     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
10163   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
10164     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
10165     Body = WS->getBody();
10166     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
10167   } else
10168     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
10169 
10170   // The body should be a null statement.
10171   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
10172   if (!NBody)
10173     return;
10174 
10175   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
10176   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
10177     return;
10178 
10179   // Do the usual checks.
10180   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
10181     return;
10182 
10183   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
10184   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
10185   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
10186   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
10187   //    {
10188   //      a(i);
10189   //    }
10190   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
10191   // than for/while itself:
10192   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
10193   //      a(i);
10194   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
10195   if (!ProbableTypo) {
10196     bool BodyColInvalid;
10197     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
10198                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
10199                              &BodyColInvalid);
10200     if (BodyColInvalid)
10201       return;
10202 
10203     bool StmtColInvalid;
10204     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
10205                              S->getLocStart(),
10206                              &StmtColInvalid);
10207     if (StmtColInvalid)
10208       return;
10209 
10210     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
10211       ProbableTypo = true;
10212   }
10213 
10214   if (ProbableTypo) {
10215     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
10216     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
10217   }
10218 }
10219 
10220 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
10221 
10222 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
10223 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
10224                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10225   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
10226     return;
10227 
10228   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10229     return;
10230 
10231   // Strip parens and casts away.
10232   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10233   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10234 
10235   // Check for a call expression
10236   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
10237   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
10238     return;
10239 
10240   // Check for a call to std::move
10241   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
10242   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
10243       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
10244     return;
10245 
10246   // Get argument from std::move
10247   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
10248 
10249   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10250   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10251 
10252   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
10253   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
10254     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
10255       return;
10256     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10257         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10258       return;
10259 
10260     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10261                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10262                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10263     return;
10264   }
10265 
10266   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
10267   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
10268   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
10269   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
10270   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
10271   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
10272   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10273   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10274   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
10275     return;
10276 
10277   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
10278     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10279         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10280       return;
10281 
10282     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
10283     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
10284     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
10285     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
10286   }
10287 
10288   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
10289   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
10290   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
10291     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
10292       return;
10293     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
10294         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
10295       return;
10296 
10297     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10298                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10299                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10300     return;
10301   }
10302 
10303   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
10304     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
10305                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10306                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10307 }
10308 
10309 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
10310 
10311 namespace {
10312 
10313 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
10314 
10315 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
10316 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
10317   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
10318   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
10319   // underlying type.
10320   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
10321          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
10322 }
10323 
10324 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
10325 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
10326   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
10327     return false;
10328 
10329   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
10330     return false;
10331 
10332   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
10333     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
10334     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
10335     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
10336 
10337     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
10338       return false;
10339   }
10340 
10341   return true;
10342 }
10343 
10344 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
10345 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
10346 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
10347                               RecordDecl *RD1,
10348                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
10349   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
10350   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
10351     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
10352     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
10353     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
10354     // Check number of base classes.
10355     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
10356       return false;
10357 
10358     // Check the base classes.
10359     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
10360                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
10361            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
10362               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
10363          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
10364          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
10365       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
10366         return false;
10367     }
10368   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
10369     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
10370     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
10371       return false;
10372   }
10373 
10374   // Check the fields.
10375   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
10376                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
10377                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
10378                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
10379   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
10380     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
10381       return false;
10382   }
10383   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
10384     return false;
10385 
10386   return true;
10387 }
10388 
10389 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
10390 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
10391 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
10392                              RecordDecl *RD1,
10393                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
10394   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
10395   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
10396     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
10397 
10398   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
10399     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
10400         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
10401         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
10402 
10403     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
10404       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
10405         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
10406         (void) Result;
10407         assert(Result);
10408         break;
10409       }
10410     }
10411     if (I == E)
10412       return false;
10413   }
10414 
10415   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
10416 }
10417 
10418 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
10419   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
10420     return false;
10421 
10422   if (RD1->isUnion())
10423     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
10424   else
10425     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
10426 }
10427 
10428 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
10429 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
10430   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
10431     return false;
10432 
10433   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
10434   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
10435   // layout-compatible types.
10436   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
10437     return true;
10438 
10439   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
10440   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
10441 
10442   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
10443   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
10444 
10445   if (TC1 != TC2)
10446     return false;
10447 
10448   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
10449     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
10450                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
10451                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
10452   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
10453     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
10454       return false;
10455 
10456     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
10457                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
10458                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
10459   }
10460 
10461   return false;
10462 }
10463 } // end anonymous namespace
10464 
10465 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
10466 
10467 namespace {
10468 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
10469 ///
10470 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
10471 ///
10472 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
10473 ///
10474 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
10475 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
10476                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
10477   while(true) {
10478     if (!TypeExpr)
10479       return false;
10480 
10481     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10482 
10483     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
10484     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10485       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
10486       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
10487         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
10488         continue;
10489       }
10490       return false;
10491     }
10492 
10493     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
10494       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
10495       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
10496       return true;
10497     }
10498 
10499     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
10500       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
10501       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
10502       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
10503         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
10504         return true;
10505       } else
10506         return false;
10507     }
10508 
10509     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
10510     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10511       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
10512           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
10513       bool Result;
10514       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
10515         if (Result)
10516           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
10517         else
10518           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
10519         continue;
10520       }
10521       return false;
10522     }
10523 
10524     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
10525       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
10526       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
10527         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
10528         continue;
10529       }
10530       return false;
10531     }
10532 
10533     default:
10534       return false;
10535     }
10536   }
10537 }
10538 
10539 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
10540 ///
10541 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
10542 ///
10543 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
10544 ///
10545 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
10546 ///        kind.
10547 ///
10548 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
10549 ///
10550 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
10551 bool GetMatchingCType(
10552         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10553         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
10554         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
10555                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
10556         bool &FoundWrongKind,
10557         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
10558   FoundWrongKind = false;
10559 
10560   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
10561   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
10562 
10563   uint64_t MagicValue;
10564 
10565   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
10566     return false;
10567 
10568   if (VD) {
10569     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10570       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
10571         FoundWrongKind = true;
10572         return false;
10573       }
10574       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
10575       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
10576       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
10577       return true;
10578     }
10579     return false;
10580   }
10581 
10582   if (!MagicValues)
10583     return false;
10584 
10585   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
10586                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
10587       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
10588   if (I == MagicValues->end())
10589     return false;
10590 
10591   TypeInfo = I->second;
10592   return true;
10593 }
10594 } // end anonymous namespace
10595 
10596 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
10597                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
10598                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
10599                                       bool MustBeNull) {
10600   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
10601     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
10602         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
10603 
10604   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
10605   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
10606       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
10607 }
10608 
10609 namespace {
10610 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
10611   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
10612   if (!BT1)
10613     return false;
10614 
10615   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
10616   if (!BT2)
10617     return false;
10618 
10619   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
10620   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
10621 
10622   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
10623          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
10624          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
10625          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
10626 }
10627 } // end anonymous namespace
10628 
10629 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
10630                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
10631   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
10632   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
10633 
10634   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
10635   bool FoundWrongKind;
10636   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
10637   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
10638                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
10639                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
10640     if (FoundWrongKind)
10641       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
10642            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
10643         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
10644     return;
10645   }
10646 
10647   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
10648   if (IsPointerAttr) {
10649     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
10650     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
10651       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
10652           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
10653         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
10654   }
10655   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
10656 
10657   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
10658   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
10659     return;
10660 
10661   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
10662     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
10663     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
10664                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
10665       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
10666            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
10667           << ArgumentKind->getName()
10668           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
10669           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
10670     }
10671     return;
10672   }
10673 
10674   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
10675   if (IsPointerAttr)
10676     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
10677 
10678   bool mismatch = false;
10679   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
10680     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
10681 
10682     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
10683     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
10684     //
10685     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
10686     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
10687     if (mismatch)
10688       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
10689                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
10690           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
10691         mismatch = false;
10692   } else
10693     if (IsPointerAttr)
10694       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
10695                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
10696                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
10697     else
10698       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
10699 
10700   if (mismatch)
10701     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
10702         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
10703         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
10704         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
10705         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
10706 }
10707